Attached files

file filename
EX-21 - EXHIBIT 21 - SOUTH STATE Corpa2197210zex-21.htm
EX-32 - EXHIBIT 32 - SOUTH STATE Corpa2197210zex-32.htm
EX-31.2 - EXHIBIT 31.2 - SOUTH STATE Corpa2197210zex-31_2.htm
EX-23.1 - EXHIBIT 23.1 - SOUTH STATE Corpa2197210zex-23_1.htm
EX-23.2 - EXHIBIT 23.2 - SOUTH STATE Corpa2197210zex-23_2.htm
EX-31.1 - EXHIBIT 31.1 - SOUTH STATE Corpa2197210zex-31_1.htm

Table of Contents

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-K


ý

 

Annual Report Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act
of 1934
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009

o

 

Transition Report Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

For the transition period from                                  to                                 

Commission file number 001-12669

GRAPHIC

SCBT FINANCIAL CORPORATION
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

South Carolina
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation
or organization)
  57-0799315
(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

520 Gervais Street
Columbia, South Carolina

(Address of principal executive offices)

 


29201
(Zip Code)

(800) 277-2175

(Registrant's telephone number, including area code)

         Securities registered pursuant to Section 12 (b) of the Act:

Title of each class   Name of each exchange on which registered
Common stock, $2.50 par value per share   The NASDAQ Global Select MarketSM

         Securities registered pursuant to Section 12 (g) of the Act: None.

         Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes o    No ý.

         Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes o    No ý.

         Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes ý    No o.

         Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes o    No o.

         Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. o

         Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of "large accelerated filer," "accelerated filer," and "smaller reporting company" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer o   Accelerated filer ý   Non-accelerated filer o
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)
  Smaller reporting company o

         Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). Yes o    No ý.

         The aggregate market value of the voting stock of the registrant held by non-affiliates was $287,258,000 based on the closing sale price of $23.69 per share on June 30, 2009. For purposes of the foregoing calculation only, all directors and executive officers of the registrant have been deemed affiliates. The number of shares of common stock outstanding as of March 5, 2010 was 12,744,633.

Documents Incorporated by Reference

         Portions of the Registrant's Definitive Proxy Statement for its 2010 Annual Meeting of Shareholders are incorporated by reference into Part III, Items 10 - 14.


Table of Contents

SCBT Financial Corporation
Index to Form 10-K

 
   
  Page

PART I

       

Item 1.

 

Business

  3

Item 1A.

 

Risk Factors

  17

Item 1B.

 

Unresolved Staff Comments

  29

Item 2.

 

Properties

  29

Item 3.

 

Legal Proceedings

  29

Item 4.

 

Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders

  29

PART II

       

Item 5.

 

Market for the Registrant's Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

  30

Item 6.

 

Selected Financial Data

  32

Item 7.

 

Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

  34

Item 7A.

 

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

  65

Item 8.

 

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

  65

Item 9.

 

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

  65

Item 9A.

 

Controls and Procedures

  66

Item 9B.

 

Other Information

  66

PART III

       

Item 10.

 

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance(1)

  67

Item 11.

 

Executive Compensation(1)

  67

Item 12.

 

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters(1)

  67

Item 13.

 

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence(1)

  68

Item 14.

 

Principal Accounting Fees and Services(1)

  68

PART IV

       

Item 15.

 

Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules

  69

(1)
All or portions of this item are incorporated by reference to the Registrant's Definitive Proxy Statement for its 2010 Annual Meeting of Shareholders.

2


Table of Contents

Forward-Looking Statements

        This Report contains statements which constitute forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933 and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. These statements are based on many assumptions and estimates and are not guarantees of future performance. Our actual results may differ materially from those anticipated in any forward-looking statements, as they will depend on many factors about which we are unsure, including many factors which are beyond our control. The words "may," "would," "could," "will," "expect," "anticipate," "believe," "intend," "plan," and "estimate," as well as similar expressions, are meant to identify such forward-looking statements. Potential risks and uncertainties include, but are not limited to those described below under "Risk Factors."


PART I

Item 1.    Business.

        SCBT Financial Corporation ("SCBT"), headquartered in Columbia, South Carolina, is a bank holding company incorporated in 1985 under the laws of South Carolina. We were formerly named First National Corporation until February 2004. We provide a wide range of banking services and products to our customers through our wholly-owned subsidiary, SCBT, N.A. (which we sometimes refer to as "our bank" or "the bank"), a national bank that opened for business in 1934. We operate as South Carolina Bank and Trust, South Carolina Bank and Trust of the Piedmont ("Piedmont") and North Carolina Bank and Trust ("NCBT"). Piedmont and NCBT are both divisions of SCBT, N.A.

        SCBT is a legal entity separate and distinct from its subsidiary. We coordinate the financial resources of the consolidated enterprise and thereby maintain financial, operation and administrative systems that allow centralized evaluation of subsidiary operations and coordination of selected policies and activities. SCBT's operating revenues and net income are derived primarily from cash dividends received from our bank subsidiary.

        Our bank provides a full range of retail and commercial banking services, mortgage lending services, trust and investment services, and consumer finance loans through 48 financial centers in 16 South Carolina counties and Mecklenburg County of North Carolina, and has served the Carolinas for more than seventy-five years. At December 31, 2009, we had approximately $2.7 billion in assets, $2.2 billion in loans, $2.1 billion in deposits, $282.8 million in shareholders' equity, and market capitalization of $352.8 million.

        We began operating in 1934 in Orangeburg, South Carolina and have maintained our ability to provide superior customer service while also leveraging our size to offer many products more common to super-regional banks. We have pursued a growth strategy that relies primarily on organic growth, supplemented by the acquisition of select financial institutions or branches in certain market areas.

        In recent years, we have continued to grow our business in South Carolina, and have expanded into North Carolina and Georgia, as highlighted below:

    Subsequent to year-end on January 29, 2010—acquired all of the deposits excluding brokered deposits, certain other borrowings, and certain assets of Community Bank & Trust ("CBT"), a full service Georgia-state-chartered community bank headquartered in Cornelia, Georgia in a Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation ("FDIC")-assisted transaction. The transaction added 38 locations, including 36 banking, 1 trust office, and 1 loan production office ("LPO") in North Georgia. CBT operates as a division of SCBT, N.A.

    November 2009—our Wealth Management department hired the former Wachovia regional executive team to lead our entry into the Spartanburg, South Carolina market.

    November 2009—opened a full-service branch in Mt. Pleasant, South Carolina which replaced an LPO located on Daniel Island, South Carolina.

3


Table of Contents

    December 2008—opened a full-service branch on James Island, South Carolina.

    December 2008—opened a full-service branch in Irmo, South Carolina to replace the limited-service branch.

    December 2008—merged Piedmont into our bank and continued to operate as South Carolina Bank and Trust of the Piedmont, a division of SCBT, N.A.

    November 2008—merged The Scottish Bank ("TSB") into our bank and began operating as NCBT, a division of SCBT, N.A.

    November 2007—acquired TSB Financial Corporation, Inc. and its wholly-owned subsidiary, TSB. On December 3, 2007, we converted TSB from a North Carolina state-chartered bank to a national association. TSB has four full-service branch locations and an LPO in the following Charlotte, North Carolina market areas: South Park, Myers Park, Cotswold, Mint Hill, and Cornelius (the LPO).

    August 2007—opened a full-service branch in Lexington, South Carolina to replace the limited-service branch.

    April 2007—opened a full-service branch at 46 Broad Street in Charleston, South Carolina to replace a limited-service branch at another Charleston location.

    March 2007—replaced a LPO in Myrtle Beach, South Carolina with a full-service branch in a banking location purchased in 2006.

        Our principal executive offices are located at 520 Gervais Street, Columbia, South Carolina 29201. Our mailing address at this facility is Post Office Box 1030, Columbia, South Carolina 29202 and our telephone number is (800) 277-2175.

Withstanding Market Turbulence

        Despite the turbulence in financial markets and the financial services industry, we believe that our credit quality measures continue to outperform those of the majority of our primary competitors in North and South Carolina. We attribute this historical performance to sound credit underwriting and risk selection, as well as our approach of hiring experienced financial services professionals in the markets in which we operate. Generally, hiring bankers in the markets in which we operate has enabled us to further our growth without experiencing significant credit quality related losses like many other financial institutions of similar size or that operate in our market areas.

Available Information

        We provide our Annual Reports on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K, and amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 on our website at www.scbtonline.com. These filings are made accessible as soon as reasonably practicable after they have been filed electronically with the SEC. These filings are also accessible on the SEC's website at www.sec.gov. In addition, we make available on our website the following: (i) Corporate Governance Guidelines, (ii) Code of Conduct & Ethics, which applies to our directors and all employees, and (iii) the charters of the Audit, Compensation, and Corporate Governance & Nominating Committees of our board of directors. These materials are available in a printed format free of charge to shareholders who request them in writing. Please address your request to: Financial Management Division, SCBT Financial Corporation, 520 Gervais Street, Columbia, South Carolina 29201. Statements of beneficial ownership of equity securities filed by directors, officers, and 10% or greater shareholders under Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 are also available through our website. The information on our website is not incorporated by reference into this report.

4


Table of Contents

Territory Served and Competition

        We serve customers and conduct our business through the Bank from forty-eight financial centers in sixteen South Carolina counties and Mecklenburg County of North Carolina. Piedmont and NCBT are both divisions of SCBT, N.A. Piedmont operates from six financial centers in two South Carolina counties and NCBT operates from three financial centers in Mecklenburg County of North Carolina. We also recently expanded our business into northeast Georgia with the acquisition of all of the deposits excluding brokered deposits, certain other borrowings, and certain other assets of CBT. CBT operates from 38 locations in 10 Georgia counties.

        We compete in the highly competitive banking and financial services industry. Our profitability depends principally on our ability to effectively compete in the markets in which we conduct business. We expect competition in the industry to continue to increase as a result of consolidation among banking and financial services firms. Competition may further intensify as additional companies enter the markets where we conduct business and we enter mature markets in accordance with our expansion strategy.

        We experience strong competition from both bank and non-bank competitors in certain markets. Broadly speaking, we compete with super-regional, smaller community banks, and non-traditional internet-based banks. We compete for deposits and loans with commercial banks, savings institutions, and credit unions. In addition, we compete with other financial intermediaries and investment alternatives such as mortgage companies, credit card issuers, leasing companies, finance companies, money market mutual funds, brokerage firms, governmental and corporation bonds, and other securities firms. Many of these non-bank competitors are not subject to the same regulatory oversight, affording them a competitive advantage in some instances. In many cases, our competitors have substantially greater resources, can provide higher lending limits, and offer certain services that we are unable to provide to our customers.

        We encounter strong competition in making loans and attracting deposits. We compete with other financial institutions to offer customers the competitive interest rates on deposit accounts, the competitive interest rates charged on loans and other credit, and reasonable service charges. Our customers also consider the quality and scope of the services provided, the convenience of banking facilities, and relative lending limits in the case of loans to commercial borrowers. Our customers may also take into account the fact that other banks offer different services from those that we provide. The large national and super-regional banks may have significantly greater lending limits and may offer additional products. However, we believe that SCBT has been able to compete successfully with our competitors, regardless of their size. We do this by emphasizing customer service and by providing a wide variety of services.

Employees

        As of December 31, 2009, our bank had 700 full-time equivalent employees compared to 692 as of the same date in 2008. We consider our relationship with our employees instrumental to the success of our business. We provide our employees with a comprehensive employee benefit program which includes the following: group life, health and dental insurance, paid vacation, sick leave, educational opportunities, a cash incentive plan, a stock purchase plan, stock incentive, deferred compensation plans for officers and key employees, a defined benefit pension plan for employees hired on or before December 31, 2005 (except for employees acquired in the SunBank acquisition), and a 401(k) plan with employer match. Effective April 1, 2009, we temporarily suspended the employer match contribution to all participants in the plan. Effective January 1, 2010, we reinstated the employer match so that participating employees would receive a 50% matching of their 401(k) plan contribution, up to 4% of salary.

5


Table of Contents

Regulation and Supervision

        As a financial institution, we operate under a regulatory framework. The framework outlines a regulatory environment applicable to financial holding companies, bank holding companies, and their subsidiaries. Below, we have provided some specific information relevant to SCBT. The regulatory framework under which we operate is intended primarily for the protection of depositors and the Deposit Insurance Fund and not for the protection of our security holders and creditors. To the extent that the following information describes statutory and regulatory provisions, it is qualified in its entirety by reference to the particular statutory and regulatory provisions.

General

        The current regulatory environment for financial institutions includes substantial enforcement activity by the federal banking agencies, the U.S. Department of Justice, the Securities and Exchange Commission, and other state and federal law enforcement agencies, reflecting an increase in activity over prior years. This environment entails significant potential increases in compliance requirements and associated costs.

        We are a bank holding company registered with the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System and are subject to the supervision of, and to regular inspection by, the Federal Reserve Board. Our bank is organized as a national banking association. It is subject to regulation, supervision, and examination by the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (the "OCC"). In addition, SCBT and our Bank are subject to regulation (and in certain cases examination) by the FDIC, other federal regulatory agencies, the South Carolina State Board of Financial Institutions (the "State Board") and the North Carolina Office of the Commissioner of Banks. The following discussion summarizes certain aspects of banking and other laws and regulations that affect SCBT and its subsidiary bank.

        Under the Bank Holding Company Act (the "BHC Act"), our activities and those of our subsidiary bank are limited to banking, managing or controlling banks, furnishing services to or performing services for our subsidiary bank, or any other activity which the Federal Reserve Board determines to be so closely related to banking or managing or controlling banks as to be a proper incident thereto. The BHC Act requires prior Federal Reserve Board approval for, among other things, the acquisition by a bank holding company of direct or indirect ownership or control of more than 5% of the voting shares or substantially all the assets of any bank, or for a merger or consolidation of a bank holding company with another bank holding company. The BHC Act also prohibits a bank holding company from acquiring direct or indirect control of more than 5% of the outstanding voting stock of any company engaged in a non-banking business unless such business is determined by the Federal Reserve Board to be so closely related to banking as to be a proper incident thereto. Further, under South Carolina law, it is unlawful without the prior approval of the State Board for any South Carolina bank holding company (i) to acquire direct or indirect ownership or control of more than 5% of the voting shares of any bank or any other bank holding company, (ii) to acquire all or substantially all of the assets of a bank or any other bank holding company, or (iii) to merge or consolidate with any other bank holding company.

        The Graham-Leach-Bliley Act amended a number of federal banking laws affecting SCBT and our bank. In particular, the Graham-Leach-Bliley Act permits a bank holding company to elect to become a "financial holding company," provided certain conditions are met. A financial holding company, and the companies it controls, are permitted to engage in activities considered "financial in nature" as defined by the Graham-Leach-Bliley Act and Federal Reserve Board interpretations (including, without limitation, insurance and securities activities), and therefore may engage in a broader range of activities than permitted by bank holding companies and their subsidiaries. We remain a bank holding company, but may at some time in the future elect to become a financial holding company.

6


Table of Contents

Interstate Banking

        National banks are required by the National Bank Act to adhere to branch office banking laws applicable to state banks in the states in which they are located. In July 1994, South Carolina enacted legislation which effectively provided that, after June 30, 1996; out-of-state bank holding companies may acquire other banks or bank holding companies in South Carolina, subject to certain conditions. Further, pursuant to the Riegel-Neal Interstate Banking and Branching Efficiency Act of 1994 (the "Interstate Banking and Branching Act"), a bank holding company became able to acquire banks in states other than its home state, beginning in September 1995, without regard to the permissibility of such acquisition under state law, subject to certain exceptions. The Interstate Banking and Branching Act also authorized banks to merge across state lines, thereby creating interstate branches, unless a state, prior to the July 1, 1997 effective date, determined to "opt out" of coverage under this provision. In addition, the Interstate Banking and Branching Efficiency Act authorized a bank to open new branches in a state in which it does not already have banking operations if such state enacted a law permitting such "de novo" branching.

        Effective July 1, 1996, South Carolina law was amended to permit interstate branching through acquisitions but not de novo branching by an out-of-state bank. We believe that the foregoing legislation has increased takeover activity of South Carolina financial institutions by out-of-state financial institutions.

        North Carolina has opted-in to the provision of the Interstate Banking and Branching Act that allows out-of-state banks to branch into their state by establishing a de novo branch in the state, but only on a reciprocal basis. This means that an out-of-state bank may establish a de novo branch in North Carolina only if the home state of such bank would allow North Carolina banks (including national banks with their home office in North Carolina) to establish de novo branches in that home state under substantially the same terms as allowed in North Carolina. Because some states impose greater limits on de novo branching by out-of-state banks, this provides a limited barrier of entry into the North Carolina banking market, which protects us from a segment of potential competition. However, for those states that have also opted-in to the interstate branching legislation, our subsidiary bank, which has its home office in South Carolina, could establish a de novo branch in those states with prior OCC approval.

Obligations of Holding Company to its Subsidiary Banks

        Under the policy of the Federal Reserve Board, a bank holding company is required to serve as a source of financial strength to its subsidiary depository institutions and to commit resources to support such institutions in circumstances where it otherwise might not desire or be able to do so. Under the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act of 1991 ("FDICIA"), to avoid receivership of its insured depository institution subsidiary, a bank holding company is required to guarantee the compliance of any insured depository institution subsidiary that may become "undercapitalized" within the terms of any capital restoration plan filed by such subsidiary with its appropriate federal banking agency up to the lesser of (i) an amount equal to 5% of the institution's total assets at the time the institution became undercapitalized, or (ii) the amount which is necessary (or would have been necessary) to bring the institution into compliance with all applicable capital standards as of the time the institution fails to comply with such capital restoration plan.

        In addition, the "cross-guarantee" provisions of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, as amended ("FDIA"), require insured depository institutions under common control to reimburse the FDIC for any loss suffered or reasonably anticipated by the FDIC as a result of the default of a commonly controlled insured depository institution or for any assistance provided by the FDIC to a commonly controlled insured depository institution in danger of default. The FDIC's claim for damages is superior to claims of shareholders of the insured depository institution or its holding company, but is

7


Table of Contents


subordinate to claims of depositors, secured creditors and holders of subordinated debt (other than affiliates) of the commonly controlled insured depository institutions.

        The FDIA also provides that amounts received from the liquidation or other resolution of any insured depository institution by any receiver must be distributed (after payment of secured claims) to pay the deposit liabilities of the institution prior to payment of any other general or unsecured senior liability, subordinated liability, general creditor or shareholder. This provision would give depositors a preference over general and subordinated creditors and shareholders in the event a receiver is appointed to distribute the assets of our bank.

        Any capital loans by a bank holding company to any of its subsidiary banks are subordinate in right of payment to deposits and to certain other indebtedness of such subsidiary bank. In the event of a bank holding company's bankruptcy, any commitment by the bank holding company to a federal bank regulatory agency to maintain the capital of a subsidiary bank will be assumed by the bankruptcy trustee and entitled to a priority of payment.

        Under the National Bank Act, if the capital stock of a national bank is impaired by losses or otherwise, the OCC is authorized to require payment of the deficiency by assessment upon the bank's shareholders, pro rata, and if any such assessment is not paid by any shareholder after three months notice, to sell the stock of such shareholder to make good the deficiency.

Government Actions

        The following is a summary of certain recently enacted laws and regulations that could materially impact our business, financial condition or results of operations.

        In response to the challenges facing the financial services sector, several regulatory and governmental actions have recently been announced including:

    The Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008 ("EESA"), approved by Congress and signed by President Bush on October 3, 2008, which, among other provisions, allowed the U.S. Treasury to purchase up to $700 billion of mortgages, mortgage-backed securities and certain other financial instruments from financial institutions for the purpose of stabilizing and providing liquidity to the U.S. financial markets. EESA also temporarily raised the basic limit of FDIC deposit insurance from $100,000 to $250,000; EESA also temporarily raised the basic limit of FDIC deposit insurance from $100,000 to $250,000; current legislation returns to the $100,000 limit on January 1, 2014;

    On October 7, 2008, the FDIC approved a plan to increase the rates banks pay for deposit insurance (see page 13, "Insurance of Deposits");

    On October 14, 2008, the U.S. Treasury announced the creation of a new program, the Troubled Asset Relief Program (the "TARP") Capital Purchase Program (the "CPP") that encourages and allows financial institutions to build capital through the sale of senior preferred shares to the U.S. Treasury on terms that are non-negotiable. During the second quarter of 2009, we repurchased from the U.S. Treasury the preferred stock and common stock warrant that we issued to it on January 16, 2009 (see below and "Note 28—Participation in U.S. Treasury Capital Purchase Program" on page F-64);

    On October 14, 2008, the FDIC announced the creation of the Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program (the "TLGP"), which seeks to strengthen confidence and encourage liquidity in the banking system. The TLGP has two primary components that are available on a voluntary basis to financial institutions:

    The Transaction Account Guarantee Program ("TAGP"), which provides unlimited deposit insurance coverage through December 31, 2013 for noninterest-bearing transaction accounts

8


Table of Contents

        (typically business checking accounts) and certain funds swept into noninterest-bearing savings accounts. Institutions participating in the TLGP pay a 10 basis points fee (annualized) on the balance of each covered account in excess of $250,000, while the extra deposit insurance is in place;

      The Debt Guarantee Program ("DGP"), under which the FDIC guarantees certain senior unsecured debt of FDIC-insured institutions and their holding companies. The unsecured debt must have been issued on or after October 14, 2008 and not later than October 31, 2009, and the guarantee is effective through the earlier of the maturity date or December 31, 2012. The DGP coverage limit is generally 125% of the eligible entity's eligible debt outstanding on September 30, 2008 and scheduled to mature on or before June 30, 2009 or, for certain insured institutions, 2% of their liabilities as of September 30, 2008. Depending on the term of the debt maturity, the nonrefundable DGP fee ranges from 50 to 100 basis points (annualized) for covered debt outstanding until the earlier of maturity or June 30, 2012. The TAGP and DGP are in effect for all eligible entities, unless the entity opted out on or before December 5, 2008.

    In December 2008, we decided to participate in the TLGP's enhanced deposit insurance program. As a result of the enhancements to deposit insurance protection and the demands on the FDIC's deposit insurance fund, our deposit insurance costs increased significantly during 2009.

    On February 10, 2009, the U.S. Treasury announced the Financial Stability Plan, which earmarked $350 billion of the TARP funds authorized under EESA. Among other things, the Financial Stability Plan includes:

    A capital assistance program that invested in mandatory convertible preferred stock of certain qualifying institutions determined on a basis and through a process similar to the Capital Purchase Program;

    A consumer and business lending initiative to fund new consumer loans, small business loans and commercial mortgage asset-backed securities issuances;

    A public-private investment fund program that is intended to leverage public and private capital with public financing to purchase up to $500 billion to $1 trillion of legacy "toxic assets" from financial institutions; and

    Assistance for homeowners by providing up to $75 billion to reduce mortgage payments and interest rates and establishing loan modification guidelines for government and private programs.

    On February 17, 2009, the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act (the "Recovery Act") became law. The Recovery Act specifies appropriations of approximately $787 billion for a wide range of Federal programs and increases or extends certain benefits payable under the Medicaid, unemployment compensation, and nutrition assistance programs. The Recovery Act also reduces individual and corporate income tax collections and makes a variety of other changes to tax laws. The Recovery Act also imposes certain limitations on compensation paid by participants in the U.S. Treasury's TARP.

    On March 23, 2009, the U.S. Treasury, in conjunction with the FDIC and the Federal Reserve, announced the Public-Private Partnership Investment Program for Legacy Assets which consists of two separate programs, addressing two distinct asset groups:

    The first plan is the Legacy Loan Program, which has a primary purpose to facilitate the sale of troubled mortgage loans by eligible institutions, including FDIC-insured federal or state banks and savings associations. Eligible assets are not strictly limited to loans;

9


Table of Contents

        however, what constitutes an eligible asset will be determined by participating banks, their primary regulators, the FDIC and the Treasury. Under the Legacy Loan Program, the FDIC has sold certain troubled assets out of an FDIC receivership in two separate transactions relating to the failed Illinois bank, Corus Bank, NA, and the failed Texas bank, Franklin Bank, S.S.B. These transactions were completed in September 2009 and October 2009, respectively.

      The second plan is the Securities Program, which is administered by the Treasury and involves the creation of public-private investment funds to target investments in eligible residential mortgage-backed securities and commercial mortgage-backed securities issued before 2009 that originally were rated AAA or the equivalent by two or more nationally recognized statistical rating organizations, without regard to rating enhancements (collectively, "Legacy Securities"). Legacy Securities must be directly secured by actual mortgage loans, leases or other assets, and may be purchased only from financial institutions that meet TARP eligibility requirements. In July 2009, Treasury selected nine public-private investment fund managers for the Legacy Securities PPIP. As of December 31, 2009, public-private investment funds have completed initial and subsequent closings on approximately $6.2 billion of private sector equity capital, which was matched 100% by Treasury, representing $12.4 billion of total equity capital. Treasury has also provided $12.4 billion of debt capital, representing $24.8 billion of total purchasing power. As of December 31, 2009, public-private investment funds have drawn-down approximately $4.3 billion of total capital which has been invested in certain non-agency residential mortgage backed securities and commercial mortgage backed securities and cash equivalents pending investment.

    On May 22, 2009, the FDIC levied a one-time special assessment on all banks due on September 30, 2009.

    In November 2009, the FDIC announced a final rule to require FDIC insured banks to prepay the fourth quarter assessment and the next three years assessment by December 31, 2009. The calculation of the prepaid assessment provides for a 5% growth rate assumption in the deposit base and a 3 basis point increase in FDIC assessments in 2011 and 2012. See page 13 under "Insurance of Deposits" for more information.

        Although it is likely that further regulatory actions may arise as the Federal government continues to attempt to address the economic situation, we cannot predict the effect that fiscal or monetary policies, economic control, or new federal or state legislation may have on our business and earnings in the future.

Participation in the Capital Purchase Program of the Troubled Asset Relief Program

        As discussed above, under TARP authorized by the EESA, the U.S. Treasury established the CPP providing for the purchase of senior preferred shares of qualifying U.S. controlled banks, savings associations and certain bank and savings and loan holding companies. On January 16, 2009, pursuant to the CPP, SCBT sold 64,779 shares of Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series T (the "Series T Preferred Stock") and a warrant to acquire 303,083 shares of common stock (the "Warrant") to the U.S. Treasury for aggregate consideration of $64.8 million. On May 20, 2009, we entered into a repurchase letter agreement with the U. S. Treasury, pursuant to which we repurchased all 64,779 shares of its Series T Preferred Stock for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $64.8 million, which included accrued and unpaid dividends of approximately $45,000. On June 24, 2009, we entered into an agreement with the U.S. Treasury to repurchase the Warrant for a purchase price of $1.4 million. As a result of the Warrant repurchase, we have repurchased all securities issued to the U.S. Treasury under the CPP.

10


Table of Contents

Capital Adequacy

        The various federal bank regulators, including the Federal Reserve Board and the OCC, have adopted risk-based capital requirements for assessing bank holding company and bank capital adequacy. These standards define what qualifies as capital and establish minimum capital standards in relation to assets and off-balance sheet exposures, as adjusted for credit risks. Capital is classified into tiers. For bank holding companies, Tier 1 or "core" capital consists primarily of common and qualifying preferred shareholders' equity, less certain intangibles and other adjustments ("Tier 1 Capital"). Tier 2 capital consists primarily of the allowance for possible loan losses (subject to certain limitations) and certain subordinated and other qualifying debt ("Tier 2 Capital"). A minimum ratio of total capital to risk-weighted assets of 8.00% is required and Tier 1 Capital must be at least 50% of total capital. The Federal Reserve Board also has adopted a minimum leverage ratio of Tier 1 Capital to adjusted average total assets (not risk-weighted) of 3%. The 3% Tier 1 Capital to average total assets ratio constitutes the leverage standard for bank holding companies and national banks, and is used in conjunction with the risk based ratio in determining the overall capital adequacy of banking organizations.

        The Federal Reserve Board and the OCC have emphasized that the foregoing standards are supervisory minimums and that an institution would be permitted to maintain such levels of capital only if it had a composite rating of "1" under the regulatory rating systems for bank holding companies and banks. All other bank holding companies are required to maintain a leverage ratio of 3% plus at least 1% to 2% of additional capital. These rules further provide that banking organizations experiencing internal growth or making acquisitions will be expected to maintain capital positions substantially above the minimum supervisory levels and comparable to peer group averages, without significant reliance on intangible assets. The Federal Reserve Board continues to consider a "tangible Tier 1 leverage ratio" in evaluating proposals for expansion or new activities. The tangible Tier 1 leverage ratio is the ratio of a banking organization's Tier 1 Capital less all intangibles, to total assets, less all intangibles. The Federal Reserve Board has not advised us of any specific minimum leverage ratio applicable to SCBT.

        As of December 31, 2009 and 2008, SCBT and our subsidiary bank had the following leverage ratios and total risk-based capital ratios:

 
  December 31,  
(In percent)
  2009   2008  

Tier 1 Leverage Ratios

             

SCBT Financial Corporation

    9.89     8.54  

SCBT, N.A. 

    9.79     8.38  

Total Risk-Based Capital

             

SCBT Financial Corporation

    14.42     12.34  

SCBT, N.A. 

    14.28     12.14  

        The FDICIA, among other items, identifies five capital categories for insured depository institutions (well capitalized, adequately capitalized, undercapitalized, significantly undercapitalized, and critically undercapitalized) and requires the respective Federal regulatory agencies to implement systems for "prompt corrective action" for insured depository institutions that do not meet minimum capital requirements within such categories. The FDICIA also imposes progressively more restrictive constraints on operations, management and capital distributions, depending on the category in which an institution is classified. Failure to meet the capital guidelines could also subject a banking institution to capital raising requirements. An "undercapitalized" bank must develop a capital restoration plan and its parent holding company must guarantee that bank's compliance with the plan (see "Obligations of Holding Company to its Subsidiary Banks," on page 7). In addition, the FDICIA requires the various regulatory agencies to prescribe certain non-capital standards for safety and soundness relating

11


Table of Contents


generally to operations and management, asset quality, and executive compensation. The FDICIA permits regulatory action against a financial institution that does not meet such standards.

        The various regulatory agencies have adopted substantially similar regulations that define the five capital categories identified by the FDICIA, using the total risk-based capital, Tier 1 risk-based capital, and Tier 1 leverage ratios as the relevant capital measures. Such regulations establish various degrees of corrective action to be taken when an institution is considered undercapitalized. Under the regulations, a "well capitalized" institution must have a Tier 1 capital ratio of at least 6%, a total risk-based capital ratio of at least 10%, a Tier 1 leverage ratio of at least 5% and not be subject to a capital directive order. An "adequately capitalized" institution must have a Tier 1 capital ratio of at least 4%, a total risk-based capital ratio of a least 8%, and a Tier 1 leverage ratio of at least 4% (or 3% in some cases). Under these guidelines, our bank is considered "well capitalized."

        Banking agencies have also adopted final regulations which mandate that regulators take into consideration (i) concentration of credit risk, (ii) interest rate risk (when the interest rate sensitivity of an institution's assets does not match the sensitivity of its liabilities or its off-balance-sheet position), and (iii) risks from non-traditional activities, as well as an institution's ability to manage those risks, when determining the adequacy of an institution's capital. That evaluation will be made as a part of the institution's regular safety and soundness examination. In addition, the banking agencies have amended their regulatory capital guidelines to incorporate a measure for market risk. In accordance with the amended guidelines, if we were to engage in significant trading activity (as defined in the amendment) we must incorporate a measure for market risk in our respective regulatory capital calculations effective for reporting periods after January 1, 1998.

Payment of Dividends

        SCBT is a legal entity separate and distinct from its subsidiary bank. Funds for cash distributions to our shareholders are derived primarily from dividends received from our bank subsidiary. Our bank is subject to various general regulatory policies and requirements relating to the payment of dividends. Any restriction on the ability of our bank to pay dividends will indirectly restrict the ability of SCBT to pay dividends.

        The approval of the OCC is required if the total of all dividends declared by a national bank in any calendar year will exceed the total of its retained net profits for that year combined with its retained net profits for the two preceding years, less any required transfers to surplus. In addition, national banks can only pay dividends to the extent that retained net profits (including the portion transferred to surplus) exceed statutory bad debts in excess of the bank's allowance for loan losses. Further, if in the opinion of the OCC a bank under its jurisdiction is engaged in or is about to engage in an unsafe or unsound practice (which, depending on the financial condition of the bank, could include the payment of dividends), the OCC may require, after notice and a hearing, that such bank cease and desist from such practice. The OCC has indicated that paying dividends that deplete a national bank's capital base to an inadequate level would be an unsafe and unsound banking practice. The Federal Reserve Board, the OCC, and the FDIC have issued policy statements which provide that bank holding companies and insured banks should generally only pay dividends out of current operating earnings.

        In addition to the foregoing, the ability of SCBT and its bank to pay dividends may be affected by the various minimum capital requirements and the capital and non-capital standards established under the FDICIA, as described above. The right of SCBT, its shareholders, and its creditors to participate in any distribution of the assets or earnings of its subsidiary is further subject to the prior claims of creditors of our subsidiary bank.

12


Table of Contents

Certain Transactions by SCBT and its Affiliates

        Various legal limitations place restrictions on the ability of the bank to lend or otherwise supply funds to SCBT and its affiliate. The Federal Reserve Act limits a bank's "covered transactions," which include extensions of credit, with any affiliate to 10% of such bank's capital and surplus. All covered transactions with its affiliate cannot in the aggregate exceed 20% of a bank's capital and surplus. All covered and exempt transactions between a bank and its affiliate must be on terms and conditions consistent with safe and sound banking practices, and banks and their subsidiaries are prohibited from purchasing low-quality assets from the bank's affiliate. Also, the Federal Reserve Act requires that all of a bank's extensions of credit to an affiliate be appropriately secured by acceptable collateral, generally United States government or agency securities. In addition, the Federal Reserve Act limits covered and other transactions among affiliates to terms and circumstances, including credit standards, that are substantially the same or at least as favorable to a bank holding company, a bank or a subsidiary of either as prevailing at the time for transactions with unaffiliated companies.

Insurance of Deposits

        Deposits at our bank are insured up to applicable limits by the Deposit Insurance Fund of the FDIC. The Deposit Insurance Fund is the successor to the Bank Insurance Fund and the Savings Association Insurance Fund, which were merged effective March 31, 2006. As insurer, the FDIC imposes deposit insurance premiums and is authorized to conduct examinations of and to require reporting by FDIC insured institutions. It also may prohibit any FDIC insured institution from engaging in any activity the FDIC determines by regulation or order to pose a serious risk to the insurance fund. The FDIC also has the authority to initiate enforcement actions against savings institutions, after giving the Office of Thrift Supervision an opportunity to take such action, and may terminate the deposit insurance if it determines that the institution has engaged in unsafe or unsound practices or is in an unsafe or unsound condition.

        Under regulations effective January 1, 2007, the FDIC adopted a new risk-based premium system that provides for quarterly assessments based on an insured institution's ranking in one of four risk categories based upon supervisory and capital evaluations. For deposits held as of March 31, 2009, institutions are assessed at annual rates ranging from 12 to 45 basis points, depending on each institution's risk of default as measured by regulatory capital ratios and other supervisory measures. Effective April 1, 2009, assessments will take into account each institution's reliance on secured liabilities and brokered deposits. This will result in assessments ranging from 7 to 77.5 basis points. In May 2009, the FDIC issued a final rule which levied a special assessment applicable to all insured depository institutions totaling 5 basis points of each institution's total assets less Tier 1 capital as of June 30, 2009, not to exceed 10 basis points of domestic deposits. This special assessment was part of the FDIC's efforts to rebuild the Deposit Insurance Fund. We paid this one-time special assessment in the amount of $1.3 million to the FDIC during the second quarter 2009.

        In November 2009, the FDIC published a final rule to require FDIC insured banks to prepay the fourth quarter assessment and the next three years assessment by December 31, 2009. The calculation of the prepaid assessment provides for a 5% growth rate assumption in the deposit base and a 3 basis point increase in FDIC assessments in 2011 and 2012. Therefore, if deposits grow quicker than 5%, our quarterly expense in the future will increase compared to previous periods. The prepayment does not immediately impact expense levels during 2009, but does impact our liquidity. At December 31, 2009, the Company had a prepaid assessment to the FDIC of $11.2 million. As a result of these factors, our FDIC general assessment rates in 2009 increased.

        FDIC insured institutions are required to pay a Financing Corporation assessment, to fund the interest on bonds issued to resolve thrift failures in the 1980s. For the first quarter of 2009, the Financing Corporation assessment equaled 1.14 basis points for domestic deposits. These assessments,

13


Table of Contents


which may be revised based upon the level of deposits, will continue until the bonds mature in the years 2017 through 2019.

        The FDIC may terminate the deposit insurance of any insured depository institution, including the bank, if it determines after a hearing that the institution has engaged in unsafe or unsound practices, is in an unsafe or unsound condition to continue operations or has violated any applicable law, regulation, rule, order or condition imposed by the FDIC or the OCC. It also may suspend deposit insurance temporarily during the hearing process for the permanent termination of insurance, if the institution has no tangible capital. If insurance of accounts is terminated, the accounts at the institution at the time of the termination, less subsequent withdrawals, shall continue to be insured for a period of six months to two years, as determined by the FDIC. Management of the bank is not aware of any practice, condition or violation that might lead to termination of the bank's deposit insurance.

International Money Laundering Abatement and Financial Anti-Terrorism Act of 2001

        On October 26, 2001, the President signed the USA Patriot Act of 2001 into law. This act contains the International Money Laundering Abatement and Financial Anti-Terrorism Act of 2001 (the "IMLAFA"). The IMLAFA contains anti-money laundering measures affecting insured depository institutions, broker-dealers, and certain other financial institutions. The IMLAFA requires U.S. financial institutions to adopt new policies and procedures to combat money laundering. Further, the Act grants the Secretary of the Treasury broad authority to establish regulations and to impose requirements and restrictions on financial institution's operations. We have adopted policies and procedures to comply with the provisions of the IMLAFA.

        The Office of Foreign Assets Control ("OFAC"), which is a division of the U.S. Department of the Treasury, is responsible for helping to insure that United States entities do not engage in transactions with "enemies" of the United States, as defined by various Executive Orders and Acts of Congress. OFAC has sent, and will send, our banking regulatory agencies lists of names of persons and organizations suspected of aiding, harboring or engaging in terrorist acts. If the bank finds a name on any transaction, account or wire transfer that is on an OFAC list, it must freeze such account, file a suspicious activity report and notify the FBI. The bank has appointed an OFAC compliance officer to oversee the inspection of its accounts and the filing of any notifications. The bank actively checks high-risk OFAC areas such as new accounts, wire transfers and customer files. The bank performs these checks utilizing software, which is updated each time a modification is made to the lists provided by OFAC and other agencies of Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons.

Other Laws and Regulations

        Interest and certain other charges collected or contracted for by our bank is subject to state usury laws and certain federal laws concerning interest rates. Our bank's operations are also subject to certain federal laws applicable to credit transactions, such as the following:

    Federal Truth-In-Lending Act, which governs disclosures of credit terms to consumer borrowers,

    Community Reinvestment Act requiring financial institutions to meet their obligations to provide for the total credit needs of the communities they serve (which includes the investment of assets in loans to low- and moderate-income borrowers),

    Home Mortgage Disclosure Act of 1975 requiring financial institutions to provide information to enable the public and public officials to determine whether a financial institution is fulfilling its obligation to help meet the housing needs of the community it serves,

    Equal Credit Opportunity Act prohibiting discrimination on the basis of race, creed or other prohibited factors in extending credit,

14


Table of Contents

    Fair Credit Reporting Act of 1978 governing the use and provision of information to credit reporting agencies,

    Fair Debt Collection Act governing the manner in which consumer debts may be collected by collection agencies, and

    Rules and regulations of the various federal agencies charged with the responsibility of implementing such federal laws.

        The deposit operations of our bank is also subject to the Right to Financial Privacy Act, which imposes a duty to maintain confidentiality of consumer financial records and prescribes procedures for complying with administrative subpoenas of financial records, and the Electronic Funds Transfer Act and Regulation E issued by the Federal Reserve Board to implement that act, which govern automatic deposits to and withdrawals from deposit accounts and customers' rights and liabilities arising from the use of automated teller machines and other electronic banking services.

        From time to time, bills come before the United States Congress and in the North Carolina, South Carolina, and Georgia state legislatures that in certain cases contain wide-ranging proposals for altering the structure, regulation, and competitive relationships of financial institutions. Among such bills are proposals to prohibit banks and bank holding companies from conducting certain types of activities, to subject banks to increased disclosure and reporting requirements, to alter the statutory separation of commercial and investment banking, and to further expand the powers of banks, bank holding companies and competitors of banks. We cannot predict whether or in what form any of these proposals will be adopted or the extent to which our business may be affected.

Fiscal and Monetary Policy

        Banking is a business that depends largely on interest rate differentials. In general, the difference between the interest we pay on our deposits and other borrowings, and the interest we receive on our loans and securities holdings, constitutes the major portion of our bank's earnings. Thus, our earnings and growth will be subject to the influence of economic conditions generally, both domestic and foreign, and also to the monetary and fiscal policies of the United States and its agencies, particularly the Federal Reserve Board. The Federal Reserve Board regulates, among other things, the supply of money through various means, including open-market dealings in United States government securities, the discount rate at which banks may borrow from the Federal Reserve Board, and the reserve requirements on deposits. We cannot predict the nature and timing of any changes in such policies and their impact on our business.

Proposed Legislation and Regulatory Action

        Legislative and regulatory proposals regarding changes in banking, and the regulation of banks, federal savings institutions, and other financial institutions and bank and bank holding company powers are being considered by the executive branch of the federal government, Congress and various state governments. Certain of these proposals, if adopted, could significantly change the regulation or operations of banks and the financial services industry. New regulations and statutes are regularly proposed that contain wide-ranging proposals for altering the structures, regulations, and competitive relationships of the nation's financial institutions. On June 17, 2009, the U.S. Treasury released a white paper entitled "Financial Regulatory Reform—A New Foundation: Rebuilding Financial Supervision and Regulation" (the "Proposal") which calls for sweeping regulatory and supervisory reforms for the entire financial sector and seeks to advance the following six key objectives: (i) promote robust supervision and regulation of financial firms, (ii) establish comprehensive supervision of financial markets, (iii) protect consumers and investors from financial abuse, (iv) provide the government with additional powers to monitor systemic risks, supervise and regulate financial products and markets, and

15


Table of Contents


to resolve firms that threaten financial stability, and (v) raise international regulatory standards and improve international cooperation.

        The Proposal includes the creation of a new federal government agency, the National Bank Supervisor ("NBS") that would charter and supervise all federally chartered depository institutions, and all federal branches and agencies of foreign banks. It is proposed that the NBS take over the responsibilities of the OCC, which currently charters and supervises nationally chartered banks, such as the Bank, and the responsibility for the institutions currently supervised by the Office of Thrift Supervision, which supervises federally chartered savings institutions and federal savings institution holding companies.

        The elimination of the OCC, as proposed by the administration, also would result in a new regulatory authority for the bank. There is no assurance as to how this new supervision by the NBS will affect our operations going forward.

        The Proposal also includes the creation of a new federal agency designed to enforce consumer protection laws. The Consumer Financial Protection Agency ("CFPA") would have authority to protect consumers of financial products and services and to regulate all providers (bank and non-bank) of such services. The CFPA would be authorized to adopt rules for all providers of consumer financial services, supervise and examine such institutions for compliance, and enforce compliance through orders, fines, and penalties. The rules of the CFPA would serve as a "floor" and individual states would be permitted to adopt and enforce stronger consumer protection laws. If adopted as proposed, we may become subject to multiple laws affecting its provision of loans and other credit services to consumers, which may substantially increase the cost of providing such services.

        On February 2, 2010, the U.S. President called on the U.S. Congress to create a new Small Business Lending Fund. Under this proposal, $30 billion in TARP funds would be transferred to a new program outside of TARP to support small business lending. As proposed, only small- and medium-sized banks would qualify to participate in the program.

        New regulations and statutes are regularly proposed that contain wide-ranging proposals for altering the structures, regulations, and competitive relationships of the nation's financial institutions. We cannot predict whether or in what form any proposed regulation or statute will be adopted or the extent to which our business may be affected by any new regulation or statute.

16


Table of Contents

Executive Officers of SCBT

        Executive officers of SCBT are elected by the board of directors annually and serve at the pleasure of the board of directors. The executive officers and their ages, positions with SCBT over the past five years, and terms of office as of March 1, 2010, are as follows:

Name (age)
  Position and Five Year History with SCBT   With SCBT Since  
Robert R. Hill, Jr. (43)   President, Chief Executive Officer and Director
President and Chief Operating Officer of
South Carolina Bank and Trust (2004–1999)
    1995  

John C. Pollok (44)

 

Senior Executive Vice President and
Chief Operating Officer
Chief Financial Officer (2007–2010)

 

 

1996

 

Donald E. Pickett (49)

 

Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

 

 

2010

 

Joe E. Burns (55)

 

Senior Executive Vice President and Chief Risk Officer
Chief Credit Officer (2000–2009)

 

 

2000

 

John F. Windley (57)

 

President, South Carolina Bank and Trust
Regional President, South Carolina Bank and Trust (2006–2002)

 

 

2002

 

Thomas S. Camp (58)

 

Division President and Chief Executive Officer,
South Carolina Bank and Trust of the Piedmont

 

 

1998

 

Dane H. Murray (60)

 

Senior Executive Vice President and
Division Head of Lowcountry and Orangeburg Regions

 

 

1971

 

        None of the above officers are related and there are no arrangements or understandings between them and any other person pursuant to which any of them was elected as an officer, other than arrangements or understandings with the directors or officers of SCBT acting solely in their capacities as such.

Item 1A.    Risk Factors.

        Our business operations and the value of securities issued by us may be adversely affected by certain risk factors, many of which are outside of our control. We believe the risk factors listed could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations. We may also be adversely affected by additional risks and uncertainties or those that we believe are currently immaterial to our business operations. In such cases, you could lose part or all of your investment.

General Business Risks

Recent negative developments in the financial industry, the domestic and international credit markets, and the economy in general may adversely affect our operations and results.

        Negative developments that began in the latter half of 2007, became more severe during 2008 and 2009 and have continued in 2010 in the global credit and securitization markets have resulted in unprecedented volatility and disruption in the financial markets and a general economic downturn. As a result of this "credit crunch," commercial as well as consumer loan portfolio performances have shown deterioration at our bank and at many other institutions and the competition for deposits and quality loans has increased significantly. In addition, the values of real estate collateral supporting many commercial loans and home mortgages have declined and may continue to decline. Global securities markets, and bank holding company stock prices in particular, have been negatively affected, as has the

17


Table of Contents


ability of banks and bank holding companies to raise capital or borrow in the debt markets. As a result, significant new federal laws and regulations relating to financial institutions, including, without limitation, EESA and the U.S. Treasury Department's CPP, have been adopted. Furthermore, the potential exists for additional federal or state laws and regulations regarding, among other matters, lending and funding practices and liquidity standards, and bank regulatory agencies are expected to be active in responding to concerns and trends identified in examinations, including the expected issuance of many formal enforcement orders. Negative developments in the financial industry, the domestic and international credit markets, and the economy in general and the impact of new legislation in response to those developments, may negatively impact our operations by restricting our business operations, including our ability to originate or sell loans, and materially and adversely impact our results of operations and financial condition. We can provide no assurance regarding the manner in which any new laws and regulations will affect us.

        At December 31, 2009, we had 39 securities available for sale in an unrealized loss position, which totaled $6.6 million. The majority of our unrealized loss position resulted from eight pooled trust preferred securities ("TRUPs"). These TRUPs had a $5.8 million unrealized loss position as of December 31, 2009, which was affected by continued trouble in credit and capital markets and the continued deterioration in earnings and credit quality of financial institutions participating in these pooled trust preferred securities.

There can be no assurance that recently enacted legislation will help stabilize the U.S. financial system.

        The EESA was signed into law on October 3, 2008 in response to the financial crises affecting the banking system and financial markets and going concern threats to investment banks and other financial institutions. The U.S. Treasury announced the CPP under EESA pursuant to which it has purchased and may continue to purchase senior preferred stock in participating financial institutions. In addition, the FDIC created the TLGP as part of a larger government effort to strengthen confidence and encourage liquidity in the nation's banking system.

        On February 17, 2009, the Recovery Act was signed into law in an effort to, among other things, create jobs and stimulate growth in the United States economy. The Recovery Act specifies appropriations of approximately $787 billion for a wide range of Federal programs and will increase or extend certain benefits payable under the Medicaid, unemployment compensation, and nutrition assistance programs. The Recovery Act also reduces individual and corporate income tax collections and makes a variety of other changes to tax laws. The Recovery Act also imposes certain limitations on compensation paid by participants in the U.S. Treasury's TARP, which includes programs such as the CPP in which we participate.

        There can be no assurance that these government actions will achieve their purpose. The failure of the financial markets to stabilize, or a continuation or worsening of the current financial market conditions, could have a material adverse affect on our business, our financial condition, the financial condition of our customers, our common stock trading price, as well as our ability to access credit. It could also result in declines in our investment portfolio which could be "other-than-temporary impairments."

Our estimated allowance for loan losses may be inadequate and an increase in the allowance would reduce earnings.

        We are exposed to the risk that our customers will be unable to repay their loans according to their terms and that any collateral securing the payment of their loans will not be sufficient to ensure full repayment. Credit losses are inherent in the lending business and could have a material adverse effect on our operating results and ability to meet obligations. The volatility and deterioration in foreign and domestic markets may also increase our risk for credit losses. The composition of our loan

18


Table of Contents


portfolio, primarily secured by real estate, reduces loss exposure. At December 31, 2009, we had approximately 12,700 loans secured by real estate with an average loan balance of approximately $150,000. At December 31, 2009, we had approximately 26,100 total loans with an average loan balance of approximately $84,000. We evaluate the collectability of our loan portfolio and provide an allowance for loan losses that we believe to be adequate based on a variety of factors including but not limited to: the risk characteristics of various classifications of loans, previous loan loss experience, specific loans that have loss potential, delinquency trends, estimated fair market value of the collateral, current economic conditions, the views of our regulators, and geographic and industry loan concentrations. If our evaluation is incorrect and borrower defaults cause losses that exceed our allowance for loan losses, our earnings could be significantly and adversely affected. These risks have been exacerbated by the recent developments in national and international financial markets and the economy in general. No assurance can be given that the allowance will be adequate to cover loan losses inherent in our portfolio. We may experience losses in our loan portfolios or perceive adverse conditions and trends that may require us to significantly increase our allowance for loan losses in the future, a decision that would reduce earnings.

We are exposed to higher credit risk by commercial real estate, commercial business, and construction lending.

        Commercial real estate, commercial business and construction lending usually involves higher credit risks than that of single-family residential lending. These types of loans involve larger loan balances to a single borrower or groups of related borrowers. Commercial real estate loans may be affected to a greater extent than residential loans by adverse conditions in real estate markets or the economy because commercial real estate borrowers' ability to repay their loans depends on successful development of their properties, as well as the factors affecting residential real estate borrowers. These loans also involve greater risk because they generally are not fully amortizing over the loan period, but have a balloon payment due at maturity. A borrower's ability to make a balloon payment typically will depend on being able to either refinance the loan or sell the underlying property in a timely manner.

        Risk of loss on a construction loan depends largely upon whether our initial estimate of the property's value at completion of construction equals or exceeds the cost of the property construction (including interest) and the availability of permanent take-out financing. During the construction phase, a number of factors can result in delays and cost overruns. If estimates of value are inaccurate or if actual construction costs exceed estimates, the value of the property securing the loan may be insufficient to ensure full repayment when completed through a permanent loan or by seizure of collateral.

        Commercial business loans are typically based on the borrowers' ability to repay the loans from the cash flow of their businesses. These loans may involve greater risk because the availability of funds to repay each loan depends substantially on the success of the business itself. In addition, the collateral securing the loans have the following characteristics: (i) depreciate over time, (ii) difficult to appraise and liquidate, and (iii) fluctuate in value based on the success of the business.

        Commercial real estate, commercial business, and construction loans are more susceptible to a risk of loss during a downturn in the business cycle. Our underwriting, review, and monitoring cannot eliminate all of the risks related to these loans.

        As of December 31, 2009, our outstanding commercial real estate loans were equal to 251.1% of our total risk-based capital. The banking regulators are giving commercial real estate lending greater scrutiny, and may require banks with higher levels of commercial real estate loans to implement improved underwriting, internal controls, risk management policies and portfolio stress testing, as well as possibly higher levels of allowances for losses and capital levels as a result of commercial real estate lending growth and exposures.

19


Table of Contents


Our business is predominately in three states, South Carolina, Mecklenburg County of North Carolina, and Northeast Georgia; therefore, continuation of the economic downturn in South Carolina, this North Carolina County, and Northeast Georgia could negatively impact results from operations and financial condition.

        Because of our concentration of business in the southeast, continuation of the economic downturn in that particular region could make it more difficult to attract deposits and could cause higher rates of loss and delinquency on our loans than if the loans were more geographically diversified. Adverse economic conditions in these regions, including, without limitation, declining real estate values, could cause our levels of non-performing assets and loan losses to increase. If the economic downturn continues or a prolonged economic recession occurs in the economy as a whole, borrowers will be less likely to repay their loans as scheduled. A continued economic downturn could, therefore, result in losses that materially and adversely affect our business.

A significant portion of our loan portfolio is secured by real estate, and events that negatively impact the real estate market could hurt our business.

        A significant portion of our loan portfolio is secured by real estate. As of December 31, 2009, approximately 86.7% of our loans had real estate as a primary or secondary component of collateral. The real estate collateral in each case provides an alternate source of repayment in the event of default by the borrower and may deteriorate in value during the time the credit is extended. A weakening of the real estate market in our geographic footprint could result in an increase in the number of borrowers who default on their loans and a reduction in the value of the collateral securing their loans, which in turn could have an adverse effect on our profitability and asset quality. If we are required to liquidate the collateral securing a loan to satisfy the debt during a period of reduced real estate values, our earnings and capital could be adversely affected. Acts of nature, including hurricanes, tornados, earthquakes, fires and floods, which may cause uninsured damage and other loss of value to real estate that secures these loans, may also negatively impact our financial condition.

Liquidity needs could adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.

        The primary sources of our bank's funds are client deposits and loan repayments. While scheduled loan repayments are a relatively stable source of funds, they are subject to the ability of borrowers to repay the loans. The ability of borrowers to repay loans can be adversely affected by a number of factors, including changes in economic conditions, adverse trends or events affecting business industry groups, reductions in real estate values or markets, business closings or lay-offs, inclement weather, natural disasters, which could be exacerbated by potential climate change, and international instability. Additionally, deposit levels may be affected by a number of factors, including rates paid by competitors, general interest rate levels, regulatory capital requirements, returns available to clients on alternative investments and general economic conditions. Accordingly, we may be required from time to time to rely on secondary sources of liquidity to meet withdrawal demands or otherwise fund operations. Such sources include Federal Home Loan Bank advances, sales of securities and loans, and federal funds lines of credit from correspondent banks, as well as out-of-market time deposits. While we believe that these sources are currently adequate, there can be no assurance they will be sufficient to meet future liquidity demands, particularly if we continue to grow and experience increasing loan demand. We may be required to slow or discontinue loan growth, capital expenditures or other investments or liquidate assets should such sources not be adequate.

We may decide to make future acquisitions, which could dilute current shareholders' stock ownership and expose us to additional risks.

        In accordance with our strategic plan, we regularly evaluate opportunities to acquire other banks and/or branch locations to expand SCBT, including potential acquisitions of assets and liabilities of target banks that are in receivership through the FDIC bid process for failed institutions. As a result,

20


Table of Contents


we may engage in negotiations or discussions that, if they were to result in a transaction, could have a material effect on our operating results and financial condition, including short and long-term liquidity.

        Our acquisition activities could be material to SCBT. For example, we could issue additional shares of common stock in a purchase transaction, which could dilute current shareholders' ownership interest in SCBT. These activities could require us to use a substantial amount of cash, other liquid assets, and/or incur debt. In addition, if goodwill recorded in connection with our prior or potential future acquisitions were determined to be impaired, then we would be required to recognize a charge against our earnings, which could materially and adversely affect our results of operations during the period in which the impairment was recognized. Any potential charges for impairment related to goodwill would not impact cash flow, tangible capital or liquidity.

        Our acquisition activities could involve a number of additional risks, including the risks of:

    incurring time and expense associated with identifying and evaluating potential acquisitions and merger partners and negotiating potential transactions, resulting in management's attention being diverted from the operation of our existing business;

    using inaccurate estimates and judgments to evaluate credit, operations, management, and market risks with respect to the target institution or assets;

    the time and expense required to integrate the operations and personnel of the combined businesses;

    creating an adverse short-term effect on our results of operations; and

    losing key employees and customers as a result of an acquisition that is poorly received.

        Any acquisition of assets and liabilities of target banks that are in receivership through the FDIC bid process for failed institutions requires us, through our bank subsidiary, to enter into a Purchase & Assumption Agreement (the "P&A Agreement") with the FDIC. The P&A Agreement is a form document prepared by the FDIC, and our ability to negotiate the terms of this agreement is extremely limited. P&A Agreements typically provide (as did the P&A Agreement related to our acquisition of deposits excluding brokered deposits, certain other borrowings and certain assets from CBT) for limited disclosure about, and limited indemnification for, risks associated with the target banks. There is a risk that such disclosure regarding, and indemnification for, the assets and liabilities of target banks will not be sufficient and we will incur unanticipated losses in connection with any acquisition of assets and liabilities of target banks that are in receivership through the FDIC bid process for failed institutions. In any future P&A Agreements we may be required to make an additional payment to the FDIC under certain circumstances following the completion of an FDIC-assisted acquisition if, for example, actual losses related to the target bank's assets acquired are less than a stated threshold. The P&A Agreement related to our acquisition of deposits excluding brokered deposits, certain borrowings and certain assets from CBT included such a true-up provision.

        In addition, the FDIC bid process for failed depository institutions is competitive. We cannot provide any assurances that we will be successful in bidding for any target bank or for other failed depository institutions in the future.

We may be exposed to difficulties in combining the operations of acquired businesses such as those of Community Bank & Trust in Northeast Georgia into our own operations, which may prevent us from achieving the expected benefits from our acquisition activities.

        We may not be able to fully achieve the strategic objectives and operating efficiencies that we anticipate in our acquisition activities. Inherent uncertainties exist in integrating the operations of an acquired business, such as the business of CBT, from which we assumed all deposits excluding brokered deposits and purchased certain other assets on January 29, 2010 through an FDIC assisted transaction.

21


Table of Contents


In addition, the markets and industries in which SCBT and our potential acquisition targets operate are highly competitive. We may lose customers or the customers of acquired entities as a result of an acquisition. We also may lose key personnel from the acquired entity as a result of an acquisition. We may not discover all known and unknown factors when examining a company for acquisition during the due diligence period. These factors could produce unintended and unexpected consequences for us. Undiscovered factors as a result of acquisition, pursued by non-related third party entities, could bring civil, criminal, and financial liabilities against us, our management, and the management of those entities acquired. These factors could contribute to SCBT not achieving the expected benefits from its acquisitions within desired time frames.

New or acquired banking office facilities and other facilities may not be profitable.

        We may not be able to identify profitable locations for new banking offices. The costs to start up new banking offices or to acquire existing branches, and the additional costs to operate these facilities, may increase our non-interest expense and decrease our earnings in the short term. If branches of other banks become available for sale, we may acquire those offices. It may be difficult to adequately and profitably manage our growth through the establishment or purchase of additional banking offices and we can provide no assurance that any such banking offices will successfully attract enough deposits to offset the expenses of their operation. In addition, any new or acquired banking offices will be subject to regulatory approval, and there can be no assurance that we will succeed in securing such approval.

We are exposed to a need for additional capital resources for the future and these capital resources may not be available when needed or at all.

        We may need to incur additional debt or equity financing in the future to make strategic acquisitions or investments or to strengthen our capital position. Our ability to raise additional capital, if needed, will depend on, among other things, conditions in the capital markets at that time, which are outside of our control and our financial performance. We cannot provide assurance that such financing will be available to us on acceptable terms or at all.

Our net interest income may decline based on the interest rate environment.

        We depend on our net interest income to drive profitability. Differences in volume, yields or interest rates and differences in income earning products such as interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities determine our net interest income. We are exposed to changes in general interest rate levels and other economic factors beyond our control. Net interest income may decline in a particular period if:

    In a declining interest rate environment, more interest-earning assets than interest-bearing liabilities re-price or mature, or

    In a rising interest rate environment, more interest-bearing liabilities than interest-earning assets re-price or mature.

        Our net interest income may decline based on our exposure to a difference in short-term and long-term interest rates. If the difference between the interest rates shrinks or disappear, the difference between rates paid on deposits and received on loans could narrow significantly resulting in a decrease in net interest income. In addition to these factors, if market interest rates rise rapidly, interest rate adjustment caps may limit increases in the interest rates on adjustable rate loans, thus reducing our net interest income. Also, certain adjustable rate loans re-price based on lagging interest rate indices. This lagging effect may also negatively impact our net interest income when general interest rates continue to rise periodically.

22


Table of Contents

        Our primary policy is to monitor exposure to interest rate increases and decreases of as much as 200 basis points ratably over a 12-month period. As of December 31, 2009, the earnings simulations indicated that the impact of a 200 basis point decrease in rates over 12 months would result in an approximate 0.08% increase in net interest income—as compared with a base case unchanged interest rate environment. As a result of the current rate environment with federal funds rates between zero and 25 basis points, our simulation does not produce a realistic scenario for the impact of a 200 basis point decrease in rates. These results indicate that our rate sensitivity is slightly asset sensitive to the indicated change in interest rates over a one-year horizon.

We are exposed to the possibility that more prepayments may be made by customers to pay down loan balances, which could reduce our interest income and profitability.

        Prepayment rates stem from consumer behavior, conditions in the housing and financial markets, general United States economic conditions, and the relative interest rates on fixed-rate and adjustable-rate loans. Therefore, changes in prepayment rates are difficult to predict. Recognition of deferred loan origination costs and premiums paid in originating these loans are normally recognized over the contractual life of each loan. As prepayments occur, the rate at which net deferred loan origination costs and premiums are expensed will accelerate. The effect of the acceleration of deferred costs and premium amortization may be mitigated by prepayment penalties paid by the borrower when the loan is paid in full within a certain period of time, which varies between loans. If prepayment occurs after the period of time when the loan is subject to a prepayment penalty, the effect of the acceleration of premium and deferred cost amortization is no longer mitigated. We recognize premiums paid on mortgage-backed securities as an adjustment from interest income over the expected life of the security based on the rate of repayment of the securities. Acceleration of prepayments on the loans underlying a mortgage-backed security shortens the life of the security, increases the rate at which premiums are expensed and further reduces interest income. We may not be able to reinvest loan and security prepayments at rates comparable to the prepaid instrument particularly in a period of declining interest rates.

We may not be able to adequately anticipate and respond to changes in market interest rates.

        We may be unable to anticipate changes in market interest rates, which are affected by many factors beyond our control including but not limited to inflation, recession, unemployment, money supply, monetary policy, and other changes that affect financial markets both domestic and foreign. Our net interest income is affected not only by the level and direction of interest rates, but also by the shape of the yield curve and relationships between interest sensitive instruments and key driver rates, as well as balance sheet growth, customer loan and deposit preferences, and the timing of changes in these variables. In the event rates increase, our interest costs on liabilities may increase more rapidly than our income on interest earning assets, thus a deterioration of net interest margins. As such, fluctuations in interest rates could have significant adverse effects on our financial condition and results of operations.

We may be adversely affected by the soundness of other financial institutions.

        Financial services institutions are interrelated as a result of trading, clearing, counterparty, or other relationships. We have exposure to many different industries and counterparties, and routinely execute transactions with counterparties in the financial services industry, including commercial banks, brokers and dealers, investment banks, and other institutional clients. Many of these transactions expose us to credit risk in the event of a default by a counterparty or client. In addition, our credit risk may be exacerbated when the collateral held by SCBT cannot be realized upon or is liquidated at prices not sufficient to recover the full amount of the credit or derivative exposure due to SCBT. Any such losses could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

23


Table of Contents


We could experience a loss due to competition with other financial institutions.

        The banking and financial services industry is very competitive. Legal and regulatory developments have made it easier for new and sometimes unregulated competitors to compete with us. The financial services industry has and is experiencing an ongoing trend towards consolidation in which fewer large national and regional banks and other financial institutions are replacing many smaller and more local banks. These larger banks and other financial institutions hold a large accumulation of assets and have significantly greater resources and a wider geographic presence or greater accessibility. In some instances, these larger entities operate without the traditional brick and mortar facilities that restrict geographic presence. Some competitors are able to offer more services, more favorable pricing or greater customer convenience than SCBT. In addition, competition has increased from new banks and other financial services providers that target our existing or potential customers. As consolidation continues among large banks, we expect other smaller institutions to try to compete in the markets we serve.

        Technological developments have allowed competitors, including some non-depository institutions, to compete more effectively in local markets and have expanded the range of financial products, services and capital available to our target customers. If we are unable to implement, maintain and use such technologies effectively, we may not be able to offer products or achieve cost-efficiencies necessary to compete in the industry. In addition, some of these competitors have fewer regulatory constraints and lower cost structures.

We depend on the accuracy and completeness of information about clients and counterparties.

        In deciding whether to extend credit or enter into other transactions with clients and counterparties, we may rely on information furnished to us by or on behalf of clients and counterparties, including financial statements and other financial information. We also may rely on representations of clients and counterparties as to the accuracy and completeness of that information and, with respect to financial statements, on reports of independent auditors. For example, in deciding whether to extend credit to clients, we may assume that a customer's audited financial statements conform to accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America ("GAAP") and present fairly, in all material respects, the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the customer. Our earnings are significantly affected by our ability to properly originate, underwrite and service loans. Our financial condition and results of operations could be negatively impacted to the extent we incorrectly assess the creditworthiness of our borrowers, fail to detect or respond to deterioration in asset quality in a timely manner, or rely on financial statements that do not comply with GAAP or are materially misleading.

The accuracy of our financial statements and related disclosures could be affected because we are exposed to conditions or assumptions different from the judgments, assumptions or estimates used in our critical accounting policies.

        The preparation of financial statements and related disclosure in conformity with GAAP requires us to make judgments, assumptions, and estimates that affect the amounts reported in our consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. Our critical accounting policies, included in this document, describe those significant accounting policies and methods used in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements that are considered "critical" by us because they require judgments, assumptions and estimates that materially impact our consolidated financial statements and related disclosures. As a result, if future events differ significantly from the judgments, assumptions and estimates in our critical accounting policies, such events or assumptions could have a material impact on our audited consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.

24


Table of Contents


We are exposed to the possibility of technology failure and a disruption in our operations may adversely affect our business.

        We rely on our computer systems and the technology of outside service providers. Our daily operations depend on the operational effectiveness of their technology. We rely on our systems to accurately track and record our assets and liabilities. If our computer systems or outside technology sources become unreliable, fail, or experience a breach of security, our ability to maintain accurate financial records may be impaired, which could materially affect our business operations and financial condition. In addition, a disruption in our operations resulting from failure of transportation and telecommunication systems, loss of power, interruption of other utilities, natural disaster, fire, global climate changes, computer hacking or viruses, failure of technology, terrorist activity or the domestic and foreign response to such activity or other events outside of our control could have an adverse impact on the financial services industry as a whole and/or on our business. Our business recovery plan may not be adequate and may not prevent significant interruptions of our operations or substantial losses.

We are exposed to a possible loss of our employees and critical management team.

        We are dependent on the ability and experience of a number of key management personnel who have substantial experience with our operations, the financial services industry, and the markets in which we offer products and services. The loss of one or more senior executives or key managers may have an adverse effect on our operations. Also, as we continue to grow operations, our success depends on our ability to continue to attract, manage, and retain other qualified middle management personnel. We cannot guarantee that we will continue to attract or retain such personnel.

The FDIC Deposit Insurance assessments that we are required to pay may materially increase in the future, which would have an adverse effect on our earnings.

        As a member institution of the FDIC, we are required to pay semi-annual deposit insurance premium assessments to the FDIC. The Company's deposit insurance assessments expense totaled $5.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2009, including a one-time special assessment of $1.3 million. Due to the recent failure of several unaffiliated FDIC insurance depository institutions and the FDIC's new liquidity guarantee program, the deposit insurance premium assessments paid by all banks has increased. In addition, new FDIC requirements shift a greater share of any increase in such assessments onto institutions with higher risk profiles, including banks with heavy reliance on brokered deposits, such as our bank. At December 31, 2009, the Company prepaid to the FDIC $11.2 million under the November 2009 final rule requiring a prepayment of the next three years' assessments, which amount we carried as a prepaid asset as of December 31, 2009.

Negative public opinion surrounding our company and the financial institutions industry generally could damage our reputation and adversely impact our earnings.

        Reputation risk, or the risk to our business, earnings and capital from negative public opinion surrounding our company and the financial institutions industry generally, is inherent in our business. Negative public opinion can result from our actual or alleged conduct in any number of activities, including lending practices, corporate governance and acquisitions, and from actions taken by government regulators and community organizations in response to those activities. Negative public opinion can adversely affect our ability to keep and attract clients and employees and can expose us to litigation and regulatory action. Although we take steps to minimize reputation risk in dealing with our clients and communities, this risk will always be present given the nature of our business.

25


Table of Contents


Legal and Regulatory Risks

We are subject to extensive regulation that could restrict our activities and impose financial requirements or limitations on the conduct of our business and limit our ability to receive dividends from our bank.

        We are subject to Federal Reserve Board regulation. Our bank is subject to extensive regulation, supervision, and examination by our primary federal regulator, the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency ("OCC"), and by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation ("FDIC"), the regulating authority that insures customer deposits. Also, as a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank ("FHLB"), our bank must comply with applicable regulations of the Federal Housing Finance Board and the FHLB. Regulation by these agencies is intended primarily for the protection of our depositors and the deposit insurance fund and not for the benefit of our shareholders. Our bank's activities are also regulated under consumer protection laws applicable to our lending, deposit, and other activities. A sufficient claim against our bank under these laws could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations.

We are exposed to declines in the value of qualified pension plan assets or unfavorable changes in laws or regulations that govern pension plan funding, which could require us to provide significant amounts of funding for our qualified pension plan.

        As a matter of course, we anticipate that we will make material cash contributions to our qualified defined benefit pension plan in the near and long term. A significant decline in the value of qualified pension plan assets in the future or unfavorable changes in laws or regulations that govern pension plan funding could materially change the timing and amount of required pension funding. As a result, we may be required to fund our qualified defined benefit pension plan with a greater amount of cash from operations, perhaps by an additional material amount.

We are exposed to further changes in the regulation of financial services companies.

        Proposals for further regulation of the financial services industry are continually being introduced in the Congress of the United States of America, the General Assembly of the State of South Carolina, the General Assembly of the State of North Carolina, and the General Assembly of the State of Georgia. The agencies regulating the financial services industry also periodically adopt changes to their regulations. On September 7, 2008, the U.S. Treasury announced that Freddie Mac (along with Fannie Mae) has been placed into conservatorship under the control of the newly created Federal Housing Finance Agency. On October 3, 2008, EESA was signed into law, and on October 14, 2008 the U.S. Treasury announced its CPP under EESA. On February 17, 2009, the Recovery Act was signed into law. In November 2009, the FDIC announced a final rule to require FDIC insured banks to prepay the fourth quarter assessment and the next three years assessment by December 31, 2009. It is possible that additional legislative proposals may be adopted or regulatory changes may be made that would have an adverse effect on our business. We can provide no assurance regarding the manner in which any new laws and regulations will affect us. See "Risk Factors—We are subject to extensive regulation that could restrict our activities and impose financial requirements or limitations on the conduct of our business and limit our ability to receive dividends from our bank" above.

Risks Related to an Investment in Our Common Stock

Our ability to pay cash dividends is limited, and we may be unable to pay future dividends even if we desire to do so.

        Our ability to pay cash dividends may be limited by regulatory restrictions, by our bank's ability to pay cash dividends to our holding company and by our need to maintain sufficient capital to support our operations. The ability of our bank to pay cash dividends to our holding company is limited by its obligation to maintain sufficient capital and by other restrictions on its cash dividends that are

26


Table of Contents


applicable to national banks and banks that are regulated by the FDIC. If our bank is not permitted to pay cash dividends to our holding company, it is unlikely that we would be able to pay cash dividends on our common stock. Moreover, holders of our common stock are entitled to receive dividends only when, and if declared by our board of directors. Although we have historically paid cash dividends on our common stock, we are not required to do so and our board of directors could reduce or eliminate our common stock dividend in the future. See above "Risk Factors—We are subject to extensive regulation that could restrict our activities and impose financial requirements or limitations on the conduct of our business and limit our ability to receive dividends from our bank".

We may issue additional shares of stock or equity derivative securities that will dilute the percentage ownership interest of existing shareholders and may dilute the book value per share of our common stock and adversely affect the terms on which we may obtain additional capital.

        Our authorized capital includes 40,000,000 shares of common stock and 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock. As of December 31, 2009, we had 12,739,533 shares of common stock outstanding and had reserved for issuance 348,575 shares underlying options that are or may become exercisable at an average price of $27.84 per share. In addition, as of December 31, 2009, we had the ability to issue 238,415 shares of common stock pursuant to options and restricted stock that may be granted in the future under our existing equity compensation plans. In addition, as of December 31, 2009, we had no shares of preferred stock outstanding. Subject to applicable NASDAQ rules, our board generally has the authority, without action by or vote of the shareholders, to issue all or part of any authorized but unissued shares of stock for any corporate purpose, including issuance of equity-based incentives under or outside of our equity compensation plans. We may seek additional equity capital in the future as we develop our business and expand our operations. Any issuance of additional shares of stock or equity derivative securities will dilute the percentage ownership interest of our shareholders and may dilute the book value per share of our common stock. Shares we issue in connection with any such offering will increase the total number of outstanding shares and may dilute the economic and voting ownership interest of our existing shareholders.

Our stock price may be volatile, which could result in losses to our investors and litigation against us.

        Our stock price has been volatile in the past and several factors could cause the price to fluctuate substantially in the future. These factors include but are not limited to: actual or anticipated variations in earnings, changes in analysts' recommendations or projections, our announcement of developments related to our businesses, operations and stock performance of other companies deemed to be peers, new technology used or services offered by traditional and non-traditional competitors, news reports of trends, concerns, irrational exuberance on the part of investors, and other issues related to the financial services industry. Our stock price may fluctuate significantly in the future, and these fluctuations may be unrelated to our performance. General market declines or market volatility in the future, especially in the financial institutions sector, could adversely affect the price of SCBT's common stock, and the current market price may not be indicative of future market prices.

        Stock price volatility may make it more difficult for you to resell your common stock when you want and at prices you find attractive. Moreover, in the past, securities class action lawsuits have been instituted against some companies following periods of volatility in the market price of its securities. We could in the future be the target of similar litigation. Securities litigation could result in substantial costs and divert management's attention and resources from our normal business.

Future sales of our stock by our shareholders or the perception that those sales could occur may cause our stock price to decline.

        Although our common stock is listed for trading in The NASDAQ Global Select MarketSM, the trading volume in our common stock is lower than that of other larger financial services companies.

27


Table of Contents


A public trading market having the desired characteristics of depth, liquidity and orderliness depends on the presence in the marketplace of willing buyers and sellers of our common stock at any given time. This presence depends on the individual decisions of investors and general economic and market conditions over which we have no control. Given the relatively low trading volume of our common stock, significant sales of our common stock in the public market, or the perception that those sales may occur, could cause the trading price of our common stock to decline or to be lower than it otherwise might be in the absence of those sales or perceptions.

The existence of outstanding stock options issued to our current or former executive officers, directors, and employees may result in dilution of your ownership and adversely affect the terms on which we can obtain additional capital.

        As of December 31, 2009, we had outstanding options to purchase 348,575 shares of our common stock at a weighted average exercise price of $27.84 per share. All of these options are held by our current or former executive officers, directors, and employees. Also, as of December 31, 2009, we had the ability to issue options and restricted stock to purchase an additional 238,415 shares of our common stock. The issuance of shares subject to options under the equity compensation plans will result in dilution of our shareholders' ownership of our common stock.

        The exercise of stock options could also adversely affect the terms on which we can obtain additional capital. Option holders are most likely to exercise their options when the exercise price is less than the market price for our common stock. They profit from any increase in the stock price without assuming the risks of ownership of the underlying shares of common stock by exercising their options and selling the stock immediately.

State law and provisions in our articles of incorporation or bylaws could make it more difficult for another company to purchase us, even though such a purchase may increase shareholder value.

        In many cases, shareholders may receive a premium for their shares if we were purchased by another company. State law and our articles of incorporation and bylaws could make it difficult for anyone to purchase us without the approval of our board of directors. For example, our articles of incorporation divide the board of directors into three classes of directors serving staggered three-year terms with approximately one-third of the board of directors elected at each annual meeting of shareholders. This classification of directors makes it more difficult for shareholders to change the composition of the board of directors. As a result, at least two annual meetings of shareholders would be required for the shareholders to change a majority of the directors, whether or not a change in the board of directors would be beneficial and whether or not a majority of shareholders believe that such a change would be desirable.

        Our articles of incorporation provide that a merger, exchange or consolidation of SCBT with, or the sale, exchange or lease of all or substantially all of our assets to, any person or entity (referred to herein as a "Fundamental Change"), must be approved by the holders of at least 80% of our outstanding voting stock if the board of directors does not recommend a vote in favor of the Fundamental Change. The articles of incorporation further provide that a Fundamental Change involving a shareholder that owns or controls 20% or more of our voting stock at the time of the proposed transaction (a "Controlling Party") must be approved by the holders of at least (i) 80% of our outstanding voting stock, and (ii) 67% of our outstanding voting stock held by shareholders other than the Controlling Party, unless (x) the transaction has been recommended to the shareholders by a majority of the entire board of directors or (y) the consideration per share to be received by our shareholders generally is not less than the highest price per share paid by the Controlling Party in the acquisition of its holdings of our common stock during the preceding three years. The approval by the holders of at least 80% of our outstanding voting stock is required to amend or repeal these provisions contained in our articles of incorporation. Finally, in the event that any such Fundamental Change is

28


Table of Contents


not recommended by the board of directors, the holders of at least 80% of our outstanding voting stock must attend a meeting called to address such transaction, in person or by proxy, in order for a quorum for the conduct of business to exist. If the 80% and 67% vote requirements described above do not apply because the board of directors recommends the transaction or the consideration is deemed fair, as applicable, then pursuant to the provisions of the South Carolina Business Corporation Act, the Fundamental Change generally must be approved by two-thirds of the votes entitled to be cast with respect thereto.

        Consequently, a takeover attempt may prove difficult, and shareholders may not realize the highest possible price for their securities.

Item 1B.    Unresolved Staff Comments.

        None.

Item 2.    Properties.

        Our corporate headquarters are located in a four-story facility, located at 520 Gervais Street, Columbia, South Carolina. The Midlands region lead branch of SCBT, N.A., is also located in this approximately 57,000 square-foot building. The main offices of SCBT, N.A. are in a four-story facility with approximately 48,000 square feet of space for operating and administrative purposes, located at 950 John C. Calhoun Drive, S.E., Orangeburg, South Carolina. NCBT, a division of SCBT, N.A., leases approximately 13,000 square feet in a building located at 6525 Morrison Boulevard, Charlotte, North Carolina. In addition to these main locations, our bank owns forty-two other properties and leases twenty-two other properties, all of which are used, substantially, as branch locations or for housing other operational units.

        Subsequent to year-end, on January 29, 2010, we entered into a purchase and assumption agreement ("P&A Agreement") with loss share arrangements with the FDIC to purchase certain assets and assume substantially all of the deposits and certain liabilities of CBT. The main offices of CBT are located in a 12,000 square-foot facility at 448 North Main Street, Cornelia, Georgia. We did not immediately acquire the real estate, banking facilities, furniture or equipment of CBT as a part of the P&A Agreement. However, we have the option to purchase the real estate and furniture and equipment from the FDIC. The term of this option expires approximately 90 days from the date of the P&A Agreement.

        Although the properties owned and leased are generally considered adequate, we have a continuing program of modernization, expansion, and when necessary, occasional replacement of facilities.

Item 3.    Legal Proceedings.

        We are not a party to, nor is any of our property the subject of, any pending material proceeding other than those that may occur in our ordinary course of business as of December 31, 2009 and the date of this Form 10-K.

Item 4.    (Removed and Reserved).

29


Table of Contents

PART II

Item 5.    Market for the Registrant's Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities.

    (a)
    The table below describes historical information regarding our common equity securities:

 
  2009   2008   2007   2006   2005  

Stock Performance

                               

Dividends per share

  $ 0.68   $ 0.68   $ 0.68   $ 0.68   $ 0.68  

Dividend payout ratio

    74.66 %   40.93 %   29.17 %   30.88 %   34.29 %

Dividend yield (based on the average

                               
 

of the high and low for the year)

    2.67 %   1.90 %   1.94 %   1.81 %   2.14 %

Price/earnings ratio (based on year-end stock price and diluted earnings per share)

    37.42x     22.70x     13.65x     19.39x     17.29x  

Price/book ratio (end of year)

    1.25x     1.58x     1.50x     2.25x     1.95x  

Common Stock Statistics

                               

Stock price ranges:

                               
 

High

  $ 34.37   $ 45.24   $ 40.84   $ 42.93   $ 34.94  
 

Low

    16.53     26.25     28.29     32.38     28.50  
 

Close

    27.69     34.50     31.67     41.73     33.42  

Volume traded on exchanges

    11,219,700     8,098,600     4,359,700     2,510,900     2,202,700  

As a percentage of average shares outstanding

    92.07 %   75.65 %   42.91 %   28.89 %   27.09 %

Earnings per share, basic

  $ 0.74   $ 1.53   $ 2.33   $ 2.17   $ 1.95  

Earnings per share, diluted

    0.74     1.52     2.32     2.15     1.93  

Book value per share

    22.20     21.77     21.17     18.57     17.17  

        In reference to the table above, per share data have been retroactively adjusted to give effect to a 5% common stock dividend paid to shareholders of record on March 9, 2007. Also, we pay cash dividends on common shares out of earnings generated by SCBT in the preceding quarter; therefore, our dividend payout ratio is calculated by dividing total dividends paid during 2009 by the total net income available to common shareholders reported in the fourth quarter of 2008, first quarter of 2009, second quarter of 2009 and third quarter of 2009.

Quarterly Common Stock Price Ranges and Dividends

 
  Year Ending
December 31, 2009
  Year Ending
December 31, 2008
 
Quarter
  High   Low   Dividend   High   Low   Dividend  

1st

  $ 34.37   $ 16.53   $ 0.17   $ 34.83   $ 26.96   $ 0.17  

2nd

    26.76     19.68     0.17     36.39     28.40     0.17  

3rd

    28.83     20.58     0.17     45.24     26.25     0.17  

4th

    28.36     25.14     0.17     38.00     29.45     0.17  

        As of March 5, 2010, we had issued and outstanding 12,744,633 shares of common stock which were held by approximately 5,400 shareholders of record. Our common stock trades on The NASDAQ Global Select MarketSM under the symbol "SCBT."

        We pay cash dividends to SCBT shareholders from our assets, which are provided primarily by dividends paid to SCBT by our bank subsidiary. Certain restrictions exist regarding the ability of our subsidiary to transfer funds to SCBT in the form of cash dividends, loans or advances. The approval of

30


Table of Contents


the OCC is required to pay dividends in excess of our bank's respective retained net profits for the current year plus retained net profits (net profits less dividends paid) for the preceding two years, less any required transfers to surplus. As of December 31, 2009, approximately $23.0 million of our bank's retained earnings were available for distribution to SCBT as dividends without prior regulatory approval. For the year ended December 31, 2009, our bank paid dividends of approximately $8.2 million to SCBT. We anticipate that we will continue to pay comparable cash dividends from our bank to SCBT in the future, however, this is evaluated each quarter.

    (b)
    Not applicable.

    (c)
    Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities:

        In February 2004, we announced a program with no formal expiration date to repurchase up to 250,000 of our common shares. The following table reflects share repurchase activity during the fourth quarter of 2009:

Period
  (a) Total
Number of
Shares (or
Units)
Purchased
  (b) Average
Price Paid per
Share (or Unit)
  (c) Total
Number of
Shares (or
Units)
Purchased as
Part of Publicly
Announced
Plans or
Programs
  (d) Maximum
Number (or
Approximate
Dollar Value) of
Shares (or
Units) that
May Yet Be
Purchased
Under the
Plans or
Programs
 

October 1–October 31

    2,841 * $ 25.77         147,872  

November 1–November 30

    267 *   26.00         147,872  

December 1–December 31

    1,469 *   27.82         147,872  
                     

Total

    4,577               147,872  
                     

*
These shares were repurchased under arrangements, authorized by our stock-based compensation plans and Board of Directors, whereby officers or directors may sell previously owned shares to SCBT in order to pay for the exercises of stock options or for income taxes owed on vesting shares of restricted stock. These shares are not purchased under the plan to repurchase 250,000 shares.

31


Table of Contents

Item 6.    Selected Financial Data.

        The following table presents selected financial and quantitative data for the five years ended December 31 for SCBT Financial Corporation:

(Dollars in thousands)
  2009   2008   2007   2006   2005  

Balance Sheet Data Period End

                               

Assets

  $ 2,702,188   $ 2,766,710   $ 2,597,183   $ 2,178,413   $ 1,925,856  

Loans, net of unearned income*

    2,203,238     2,316,076     2,083,047     1,760,830     1,535,901  

Investment securities

    211,112     222,227     258,309     210,391     182,744  

Goodwill and other intangible assets

    65,696     66,221     65,618     35,679     36,068  

Deposits

    2,104,639     2,153,274     1,927,889     1,706,715     1,473,289  

Nondeposit borrowings

    306,139     349,870     440,046     293,521     294,420  

Shareholders' equity

    282,819     244,928     215,065     161,888     148,403  

Number of common shares outstanding

    12,739,533     11,250,603     10,160,432     8,719,146     8,644,883  

Book value per common share

    22.20     21.77     21.17     18.57     17.17  

Tangible book value per common share

    17.04     15.88     14.71     14.47     12.98  

Annualized Performance Ratios

                               

Return on average assets

    0.48 %   0.58 %   0.95 %   0.97 %   1.00 %

Return on average equity

    4.66     7.00     12.42     12.72     13.19  

Return on average tangible equity

    6.18     10.26     16.28     16.83     15.40  

Net interest margin (taxable equivalent)

    4.05     3.83     3.85     3.91     4.04  

Efficiency ratio

    61.17     63.17     65.31     63.80     64.88  

Dividend payout ratio

    74.66     40.93     29.17     30.88     34.29  

Asset Quality Ratios

                               

Allowance for loan losses to period end loans

    1.70 %   1.36 %   1.28 %   1.29 %   1.30 %

Allowance for loan losses to period end nonperforming loans

    75.38     211.34     419.22     492.14     468.74  

Nonperforming assets to period end loans and repossessed assets

    2.40     0.91     0.33     0.30     0.32  

Nonperforming assets to period end total assets

    1.96     0.76     0.27     0.24     0.24  

Net charge-offs to average loans **

    0.92     0.26     0.13     0.16     0.16  

Capital Ratios

                               

Equity to assets

    10.47 %   8.85 %   8.28 %   7.43 %   7.71 %

Tangible equity to tangible assets

    8.24     6.62     5.90     5.89     5.94  

Tier 1 leverage ratio

    9.89     8.54     8.42     8.11     8.58  

Tier 1 risk-based capital

    12.47     10.42     9.64     10.11     10.25  

Total risk-based capital

    14.42     12.34     10.89     11.36     11.45  

Other Data

                               

Number of financial centers

    48     50     50     45     41  

Number of employees (full-time equivalent basis)

    700     692     701     634     590  

*
—Excludes loans held for sale.

**
—For comparability, net charge-offs to average loans at December 31, 2005 includes estimated automated overdraft protection ("AOP") principal net charge-offs (see Table 12—Summary of Loan Loss Experience on page 55 for further disclosure).

32


Table of Contents

        The table below provides a reconciliation of non-GAAP measures to GAAP for the five years ended December 31:

 
  2009   2008   2007   2006   2005  

Tangible book value per common share

                               

Tangible book value per common share (non-GAAP)

  $ 17.04   $ 15.88   $ 14.71   $ 14.47   $ 12.98  

Effect to adjust for tangible assets

    5.16     5.89     6.46     4.10     4.19  
                       

Book value per common share (GAAP)

    22.20     21.77     21.17     18.57     17.17  
                       

Return on average tangible equity

                               

Return on average tangible equity (non-GAAP)

    6.18 %   10.26 %   16.28 %   16.83 %   15.40 %

Effect to adjust for tangible assets

    (1.52 )   (3.26 )   (3.86 )   (4.11 )   (2.21 )
                       

Return on average equity (GAAP)

    4.66     7.00     12.42     12.72     13.19  
                       

Tangible equity to tangible assets

                               

Tangble equity to tangible assets (non-GAAP)

    8.24 %   6.62 %   5.90 %   5.89 %   5.94 %

Effect to adjust for tangible assets

    2.23     2.23     2.38     1.54     1.77  
                       

Equity to assets (GAAP)

    10.47     8.85     8.28     7.43     7.71  
                       

        The tangible measures above are non-GAAP measures and exclude the effect of period end or average balance of intangible assets. The tangible return on equity measures also add back the after-tax amortization of intangibles to GAAP basis net income. Management believes that these non-GAAP tangible measures provide additional useful information, particularly since these measures are widely used by industry analysts for companies with prior merger and acquisition activities. Non-GAAP measures should not be considered as an alternative to any measure of performance or financial condition as promulgated under GAAP, and investors should consider the company's performance and financial condition as reported under GAAP and all other relevant information when assessing the performance or financial condition of the company. Non-GAAP measures have limitations as analytical tools, and investors should not consider them in isolation or as a substitute for analysis of the company's results or financial condition as reported under GAAP.

33


Table of Contents

        The following table presents selected financial data for the five years ended December 31:

(Dollars in thousands, except per share)
  2009   2008   2007   2006   2005  

Summary of Operations

                               

Interest income

  $ 141,798   $ 156,075   $ 149,199   $ 127,808   $ 90,568  

Interest expense

    37,208     60,298     68,522     54,281     28,710  
                       
 

Net interest income

    104,590     95,777     80,677     73,527     61,858  

Provision for loan losses

    26,712     10,736     4,384     5,268     4,907  
                       
 

Net interest income after provision for loan losses

    77,878     85,041     76,293     68,259     56,951  

Noninterest income

    26,246     19,049     27,359     23,962     21,549  

Noninterest expense

    83,646     79,796     71,402     62,132     54,022  
                       
 

Income before provision for income taxes

    20,478     24,294     32,250     30,089     24,478  

Provision for income taxes

    6,883     8,509     10,685     10,284     7,823  
                       
 

Net income

    13,595     15,785     21,565     19,805     16,655  

Preferred stock dividends

    1,115                  

Accretion on preferred stock discount

    3,559                  
                       
 

Net income available to common shareholders

  $ 8,921   $ 15,785   $ 21,565   $ 19,805   $ 16,655  
                       

Earnings Per Common Share

                               

Net income available to common shareholders, basic

  $ 0.74   $ 1.53   $ 2.33   $ 2.17   $ 1.95  

Net income available to common shareholders, diluted

    0.74     1.52     2.32     2.15     1.93  

Cash dividends

    0.68     0.68     0.68     0.68     0.68  

        In reference to the table above, net income per share data have been retroactively adjusted to give effect to 5% common stock dividend paid to shareholders of record on March 9, 2007.

Item 7.    Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.

        The following Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations ("MD&A") describes SCBT Financial Corporation and its subsidiary's results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2009 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2008, and also analyzes our financial condition as of December 31, 2009 as compared to December 31, 2008. Like most financial institutions, we derive most of our income from interest we receive on our loans and investments. Our primary source of funds for making these loans and investments is our deposits, on most of which we pay interest. Consequently, one of the key measures of our success is the amount of net interest income, or the difference between the income on our interest-earning assets, such as loans and investments, and the expense on our interest-bearing liabilities, such as deposits. Another key measure is the spread between the yield we earn on these interest-earning assets and the rate we pay on our interest-bearing liabilities.

        Of course, there are risks inherent in all loans, so we maintain an allowance for loan losses to absorb our estimate of probable losses on existing loans that may become uncollectible. We establish and maintain this allowance by charging a provision for loan losses against our operating earnings. In the following section, we have included a detailed discussion of this process.

        In addition to earning interest on our loans and investments, we earn income through fees and other expenses we charge to our customers. We describe the various components of this noninterest income, as well as our noninterest expense, in the following discussion.

34


Table of Contents

        The following section also identifies significant factors that have affected our financial position and operating results during the periods included in the accompanying financial statements. We encourage you to read this discussion and analysis in conjunction with the financial statements and the related notes and the other statistical information also included in this report.

Overview

        We achieved positive operating results during 2009, even though our earnings declined during the year compared to 2008. We continued to experience pressures from the deteriorating U.S. economy and the economies in our markets. Consolidated net income available to common shareholders decreased 43.5% to $8.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 driven by a 148.8% increase in provision for loan losses to $26.7 million during 2009, $5.0 million in other than temporary impairment charges related to pooled trust preferred securities and $4.7 million in preferred stock dividends and accretion on preferred stock discount related to repurchasing the preferred stock from the U.S. Treasury in the second quarter of 2009, and a $3.6 million increase in FDIC assessment and other regulatory charges during the year. Diluted earnings per share decreased 51.3% to $0.74 for the year ended December 31, 2009 as compared to $1.52 for the year ended December 31, 2008. Our net interest income increased 9.2% to $104.6 million related to declines in interest rates paid on deposits as certificates of deposit balances re-priced lower during the year. Interest income decreased 9.1% while interest expense decreased 38.3% for the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to the same period in 2008.

        Nonperforming assets ("NPAs") increased to $52.9 million at December 31, 2009 up from $21.1 million at December 31, 2008. NPAs as a percentage of loans and repossessed assets increased to 2.40% at December 31, 2009 as compared to 0.91% at December 31, 2008 and 1.96% at September 30, 2009. NPAs to total assets at December 31, 2009 were 1.96% compared to 0.76% at the end of 2008 and 1.56% at the end of the third quarter of 2009. The increase continues to reflect the pressure within the real estate market and within the U.S. economy as a whole. The allowance for loans losses represented 1.70% of total period-end loans at $37.5 million. The current allowance for loan losses provides 0.75 times coverage of period-end nonperforming loans. Nonperforming loans totaled $49.7 million, representing 2.26% of period-end loans.

        Our noninterest income increased during 2009, resulting primarily from an 89.6% increase in mortgage banking income. Our noninterest expense increased during 2009, resulting from a $3.6 million increase in FDIC assessments and other regulatory charges and a $3.9 million increase in OREO expense and loan related expense. We continue to focus on lowering our efficiency ratio. Our efficiency ratio was 61.17% at December 31, 2009 as compared to 63.17% at December 31, 2008.

        On January 16, 2009, we completed the sale of $64.8 million in preferred stock and a warrant to the U.S. Treasury as part of the government's TARP CPP. We issued to the U.S. Treasury 64,779 shares of Series T Preferred Stock and a ten-year warrant to purchase up to 303,083 shares of our common stock (the "Warrant") at an initial exercise price of $32.06 per share. On May 20, 2009, we repurchased all of the shares of Series T Preferred Stock issued to the U.S. Treasury. As a result, we recorded a $3.3 million accelerated deemed dividend on the preferred stock to account for the difference between the original purchase price for the preferred stock and its redemption price. On June 24, 2009, we paid the U.S. Treasury $1.4 million to repurchase the Warrant. With the repurchase of the Warrant, we have repurchased all securities issued to the U.S. Treasury under the CPP.

        We continue to remain well-capitalized with a total risk-based capital ratio of 14.42% as of December 31, 2009. The increase from the prior year reflected additional capital of $29.2 million raised in a public offering of common stock in May 2009. We believe our current capital ratios position us well during this time of continued economic uncertainty.

        Subsequent to December 31, 2009, our wholly-owned subsidiary, SCBT, N.A., entered into a definitive purchase and assumption agreement (the "P&A Agreement") with the Federal Deposit

35


Table of Contents


Insurance Corporation (the "FDIC"), pursuant to which SCBT, N.A. assumed all of the deposits, certain other borrowings and certain assets of Community Bank & Trust, a commercial bank headquartered in Cornelia, Georgia. Based on December 31, 2009 balances, we purchased total assets of approximately $1.0 billion, including loans of approximately $771.5 million, and total liabilities assumed were approximately $1.1 billion, including approximately $1.0 billion in deposits. Pursuant to the P&A Agreement, we received a discount of $158.0 million on the assets acquired and did not pay the FDIC a premium for the deposits assumed. The loans and foreclosed real estate purchased are covered by a loss share agreement between the FDIC and SCBT, N.A. Under this loss share agreement, the FDIC has agreed to cover 80% of loan and foreclosed real estate losses up to $233.0 million and 95% of losses that exceed that amount. If ultimate losses on these assets are less than $233.0 million, then we may share a portion of the difference with the FDIC pursuant to a true-up provision in the P&A Agreement. For further disclosure, see Note 30—Subsequent Events on page F-65 to the consolidated financial statements.

        At December 31, 2009, we had $2.7 billion in assets and 700 full-time equivalent employees. Through our banking subsidiary we provide our customers with checking accounts, NOW accounts, savings and time deposits of various types, brokerage services and alternative investment products such as annuities and mutual funds, trust and asset management services, loans for businesses, agriculture, real estate, personal use, home improvement and automobiles, credit cards, letters of credit, home equity lines of credit, safe deposit boxes, bank money orders, wire transfer services, correspondent banking services, and use of ATM facilities.

Government Actions

        Please see the caption "Government Actions" under PART I, Item 1 Business on page 8.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

        We have established various accounting policies that govern the application of accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America in the preparation of our financial statements. Significant accounting policies are described in Note 1 to the audited consolidated financial statements. These policies may involve significant judgments and estimates that have a material impact on the carrying value of certain assets and liabilities. Different assumptions made in the application of these policies could result in material changes in our financial position and results of operations.

Allowance for Loan Losses

        The allowance for loan losses reflects the estimated losses that will result from the inability of our bank's borrowers to make required loan payments. In determining an appropriate level for the allowance, we identify portions applicable to specific loans as well as providing amounts that are not identified with any specific loan but are derived with reference to actual loss experience, loan types, loan volumes, economic conditions, and industry standards. Changes in these factors may cause our estimate of the allowance to increase or decrease and result in adjustments to the provision for loan losses. See "Allowance for Loan Losses" in this MD&A and "Allowance for Loan Losses" in Note 1 to the audited consolidated financial statements for further detailed descriptions of our estimation process and methodology related to the allowance for loan losses.

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

        Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the sum of the estimated fair values of the tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired less the estimated fair value of the liabilities assumed. Goodwill has an indefinite useful life and is evaluated for impairment annually or more frequently if events and circumstances indicate that the asset might be impaired. An impairment loss is

36


Table of Contents


recognized to the extent that the carrying amount exceeds the asset's fair value. The goodwill impairment analysis is a two-step test. The first step, used to identify potential impairment, involves comparing each reporting unit's estimated fair value to its carrying value, including goodwill. If the estimated fair value of a reporting unit exceeds its carrying value, goodwill is considered not to be impaired. If the carrying value exceeds estimated fair value, there is an indication of potential impairment and the second step is performed to measure the amount of impairment.

        If required, the second step involves calculating an implied fair value of goodwill for each reporting unit for which the first step indicated impairment. The implied fair value of goodwill is determined in a manner similar to the amount of goodwill calculated in a business combination, by measuring the excess of the estimated fair value of the reporting unit, as determined in the first step, over the aggregate estimated fair values of the individual assets, liabilities and identifiable intangibles as if the reporting unit was being acquired in a business combination. If the implied fair value of goodwill exceeds the carrying value of goodwill assigned to the reporting unit, there is no impairment. If the carrying value of goodwill assigned to a reporting unit exceeds the implied fair value of the goodwill, an impairment charge is recorded for the excess. An impairment loss cannot exceed the carrying value of goodwill assigned to a reporting unit, and the loss establishes a new basis in the goodwill. Subsequent reversal of goodwill impairment losses is not permitted. Management has determined that SCBT has one reporting unit.

        Our stock price has historically traded above its book value and tangible book value. However, during the year ended December 31, 2009, our stock price occasionally traded below book value, but always above tangible book value. During 2009, the lowest trading price for our stock was $16.53, and the stock price closed on December 31, 2009 at $27.69, above book value and tangible book value. In the event our stock were to trade below its book value at any time during the reporting period, we would perform an evaluation of the carrying value of goodwill as of the reporting date. Such a circumstance would be one factor in our evaluation that could result in an eventual goodwill impairment charge. We evaluated the carrying value of goodwill as of April 30, 2009, our annual test date, and determined that no impairment charge was necessary. Additionally, should our future earnings and cash flows decline and/or discount rates increase, an impairment charge to goodwill and other intangible assets may be required.

        Core deposit intangibles, included in other assets in the condensed consolidated balance sheets, consist of costs that resulted from the acquisition of deposits from other commercial banks or the estimated fair value of these assets acquired through business combinations. Core deposit intangibles represent the estimated value of long-term deposit relationships acquired in these transactions. These costs are amortized over the estimated useful lives of the deposit accounts acquired on a method that we believe reasonably approximates the anticipated benefit stream from the accounts. The estimated useful lives are periodically reviewed for reasonableness.

Income Taxes and Deferred Tax Assets

        Income taxes are provided for the tax effects of the transactions reported in our condensed consolidated financial statements and consist of taxes currently due plus deferred taxes related to differences between the tax basis and accounting basis of certain assets and liabilities, including available-for-sale securities, allowance for loan losses, accumulated depreciation, net operating loss carryforwards, accretion income, deferred compensation, intangible assets, and pension plan and post-retirement benefits. The deferred tax assets and liabilities represent the future tax return consequences of those differences, which will either be taxable or deductible when the assets and liabilities are recovered or settled. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are reflected at income tax rates applicable to the period in which the deferred tax assets or liabilities are expected to be realized or settled. In situations where it is "more likely than not" that a deferred tax asset is not realizable, a valuation allowance is recorded. As changes in tax laws or rates are enacted, deferred tax assets and

37


Table of Contents


liabilities are adjusted through the provision for income taxes. We file a consolidated federal income tax return for our subsidiary.

Other-Than-Temporary Impairment ("OTTI")

        We evaluate securities for other-than-temporary impairment at least on a quarterly basis, and more frequently when economic or market concerns warrant such evaluation. Consideration is given to (1) the length of time and the extent to which the fair value has been less than cost, (2) the financial condition and near-term prospects of the issuer, (3) the outlook for receiving the contractual cash flows of the investments, (4) the anticipated outlook for changes in the general level of interest rates, and (5) our intent and ability to retain our investment in the issuer for a period of time sufficient to allow for any anticipated recovery in fair value or for a debt security whether it is more-likely-than-not that the Company will be required to sell the debt security prior to recovering its fair value. See page 47 "Available-for-sale" for further discussion.

Recent Accounting Standards and Pronouncements

        For information relating to recent accounting standards and pronouncements, see Note 1 to our audited consolidated financial statements entitled "Summary of Significant Accounting Policies."

Results of Operations

        Consolidated net income available to common shareholders decreased by $6.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to the year ended December 31, 2008. The decrease reflects a higher provision for loan losses throughout the year and an accelerated deemed dividend on the repurchase of preferred shares during the second quarter of 2009. Below are key highlights of our results of operations during 2009:

    Consolidated net income available to common shareholders decreased 43.5% to $8.9 million in 2009 compared with $15.8 million in 2008 and $21.6 million in 2007, which reflects a decrease of 26.8% in 2008 compared to 2007.

    Basic earnings per common share decreased 51.6% to $0.74 in 2009 compared with $1.53 in 2008 and $2.33 in 2007.

    Diluted earnings per common share decreased 51.3% to $0.74 in 2009 compared with $1.52 in 2008 and $2.32 in 2007.

    Book value per common share was $22.20 at the end of 2009, an increase from $21.77 at the end of 2008 and $21.17 at the end of 2007.

    Return on average assets decreased to 0.48% in 2009, compared with 0.58% in 2008 and 0.95% in 2007. Our return on average assets was affected by a slight increase in average total assets and lower net income caused primarily by a 148.8% increase in the provision for loan losses for the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to December 31, 2008.

    Return on average shareholders' equity decreased to 4.66% in 2009, compared with 7.00% in 2008 and 12.42% in 2007. The decrease reflected the impact of lower net income for the year ended December 31, 2009 and the issuance of 1,356,500 common shares in a public offering in May 2009.

38


Table of Contents

    Dividend payout ratio increased to 74.66% for the year ended December 31, 2009 compared with 40.93% in 2008 and 29.17% in 2007. The increase from 2008 to 2009 reflects lower net income available to common shareholders for the year ended December 31, 2009 related to a higher provision for loan losses during the year, an accelerated deemed dividend on the repurchase of preferred shares during the second quarter of 2009, and cash dividends paid on the preferred shares during the first and second quarters of 2009.

    Equity to assets ratio increased to 10.47% at December 31, 2009 compared with 8.85% in 2008 and 8.28% in 2007.

        The higher provision for loan losses for the year ended December 31, 2009 as compared to the same period in 2008 was partially offset by higher net interest income. A decline in the average rate of interest-bearing liabilities of 107 basis points mostly drove net interest income to increase by $8.8 million, or 9.2%, during 2009. The average balance of interest-earning assets grew slightly by $80.5 million, or 3.2%; however, the 56 basis point decline in the average yield drove total interest income to decrease by $14.3 million, or 9.1%. The lower total interest income resulted from the decline in the average yield on the loan portfolio during a falling interest rate environment. The average balance of interest-bearing liabilities remained comparable to the prior year ended December 31, 2008, with a decline in the average rate on certificates and other time deposits driving total interest expense lower. Overall, the lower net interest income resulted from average rates on interest-bearing liabilities declining more quickly than average yields on interest-earning assets.

        In the table below, we have reported our results of operations by quarter for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008.

Table 1—Quarterly Results of Operations (unaudited)

 
  2009 Quarters   2008 Quarters  
(Dollars in thousands)
  Fourth   Third   Second   First   Fourth   Third   Second   First  

Interest income

  $ 34,473   $ 35,020   $ 35,857   $ 36,448   $ 38,094   $ 38,958   $ 38,489   $ 40,534  

Interest expense

    7,281     8,639     9,838     11,450     13,450     14,301     14,927     17,620  
                                   
 

Net interest income

    27,192     26,381     26,019     24,998     24,644     24,657     23,562     22,914  
                                   

Provision for loan losses

    10,158     6,990     4,521     5,043     4,374     2,785     2,332     1,245  

Noninterest income

    5,763     5,591     7,761     7,131     6,110     (2,693 )   8,127     7,505  

Noninterest expense

    20,624     21,797     21,038     20,187     20,876     19,096     19,695     20,129  
                                   
 

Income before income taxes

    2,173     3,185     8,221     6,899     5,504     83     9,662     9,045  

Income taxes

    654     1,014     2,836     2,379     1,955     (41 )   3,513     3,082  
                                   
 

Net income

    1,519     2,171     5,385     4,520     3,549     124     6,149     5,963  

Preferred stock dividends

            450     665                  

Accretion on preferred stock discount

            3,410     149                  
                                   

Net income available to common shareholders

  $ 1,519   $ 2,171   $ 1,525   $ 3,706   $ 3,549   $ 124   $ 6,149   $ 5,963  
                                   

Earnings Per Common Share

                                                 

Net income available to common

                                                 

shareholders, basic

  $ 0.12   $ 0.17   $ 0.13   $ 0.33   $ 0.33   $ 0.01   $ 0.61   $ 0.59  

Net income available to common

                                                 

shareholders, diluted

    0.12     0.17     0.13     0.33     0.32     0.01     0.60     0.58  

Cash dividends

    0.17     0.17     0.17     0.17     0.17     0.17     0.17     0.17  

39


Table of Contents

Net Interest Income

        Net interest income is the largest component of our net income. Net interest income is the difference between income earned on interest-earning assets and interest paid on deposits and borrowings. Net interest income is determined by the yields earned on interest-earning assets, rates paid on interest-bearing liabilities, the relative balances of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, the degree of mismatch, and the maturity and repricing characteristics of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities. Net interest income divided by average interest-earning assets represents our net interest margin.

        The Federal Reserve's Federal Open Market Committee's Fed funds remained at a target range of zero to 0.25% for the year ended December 31, 2009. We continued to reduce rates on all of our deposit products in early 2009 in line with the historically low Fed funds target. The reductions in the rates on interest-bearing liabilities contributed to higher net interest income for 2009 as compared to 2008. The re-pricing of our certificates of deposits to lower interest rates drove interest expense lower by $13.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2009. While the average balance of certificates of deposits remained relatively comparable to the prior year, the ending balance decreased $268.3 million from the balance at December 31, 2008. Offsetting the decrease in certificates of deposit balances was an increase of $219.7 million in all other deposit categories. The average rates on interest-bearing liabilities adjusted downward more quickly than the decrease in average yields on interest-earning assets.

        Net interest income highlighted for the year ended December 31, 2009:

    Net interest income increased by $8.8 million, or 9.2%, to $104.6 million during 2009.

    Higher 2009 net interest income was driven by a 107 basis point decrease in the average rate on interest-bearing liabilities.

    A decrease in the average rate on certificates and other time deposits was the largest contributor to the rate decrease.

    An increase of 33 basis points in net interest spread contributed to higher net interest income during 2009.

    Non-TE (non-taxable equivalent) net interest margin increased 23 basis points to 4.02% from 3.79% in 2008.

    Net interest margin (taxable equivalent) increased 22 basis points to 4.05% during 2009.

    Interest-free funds favorably impacted net interest margin by 28 basis points.

        Net interest income highlighted for the year ended December 31, 2008:

    Net interest income increased by $15.1 million, or 18.7%, to $95.8 million during 2008.

    Higher 2008 net interest income was driven by volume as total average interest-earning assets increased by $410.4 million, or 19.4%, during 2008 and a 104 basis point rate decrease in the average rate on interest-bearing liabilities.

    An increase in loans was the largest contributor to volume increase. The increase in loans accounted for 96.8% of the growth in the average balance of total interest-earning assets for the year ended December 31, 2008.

    An increase of 17 basis points in net interest spread contributed to higher net interest income during 2008.

    Non-TE (non-taxable equivalent) net interest margin decreased 3 basis points to 3.79% from 3.82% in 2007.

40


Table of Contents

    Net interest margin (taxable equivalent) decreased 2 basis points to 3.83% during 2008.

    Interest-free funds favorably impacted net interest margin by 39 basis points.

        Net interest income highlighted for the year ended December 31, 2007:

    Net interest income increased by $7.2 million, or 9.7%, to $80.7 million during 2007.

    Higher 2007 net interest income was mostly volume related as total average interest-earning assets increased by $215.5 million, or 11.4%, during 2007.

    An increase in loans was the largest contributor to volume increase. The increase in loans accounted for 82.4% of the growth in the average balance of total interest-earning assets for the year ended December 31, 2007.

    A decrease of 13 basis points in net interest spread offset interest-earning asset growth during 2007.

    Non-TE (non-taxable equivalent) net interest margin decreased 5 basis points to 3.82% vs. 3.87% in 2006.

    Net interest margin (taxable equivalent) decreased 6 basis points to 3.85% during 2007.

    Interest-free funds favorably impacted net interest margin by 58 basis points.

Table 2—Volume and Rate Variance Analysis

 
  2009 Compared to 2008
Increase (Decrease) due to
  2008 Compared to 2007
Increase (Decrease) due to
 
(Dollars in thousands)
  Volume(1)   Rate(1)   Total   Volume(1)   Rate(1)   Total  

Interest income on:

                                     
 

Loans, net of unearned income(2)

  $ 1,794   $ (13,200 ) $ (11,406 ) $ 29,274   $ (21,966 ) $ 7,308  
 

Loans held for sale

    805     (259 )   546     (272 )   (14 )   (286 )
 

Investment securities:

                                     
   

Taxable

    (1,645 )   (919 )   (2,564 )   331     418     749  
   

Tax exempt(3)

    (322 )   (213 )   (535 )   512     (343 )   169  
 

Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell and time deposits

    1,811     (2,129 )   (318 )   23     (1,087 )   (1,064 )
                           
     

Total interest income

    2,443     (16,720 )   (14,277 )   29,868     (22,992 )   6,876  
                           

Interest expense on:

                                     

Deposits

                                     
 

Transaction and money market accounts

    983     (2,838 )   (1,855 )   156     (5,964 )   (5,808 )
 

Savings deposits

    120     (1,071 )   (951 )   662     (1,122 )   (460 )
 

Certificates and other time deposits

    (621 )   (13,486 )   (14,107 )   10,270     (9,515 )   755  

Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase

    (1,253 )   (3,672 )   (4,925 )   2,757     (6,510 )   (3,753 )

Other borrowings

    (780 )   (472 )   (1,252 )   3,335     (2,293 )   1,042  
                           
   

Total interest expense

    (1,551 )   (21,539 )   (23,090 )   17,180     (25,404 )   (8,224 )
                           
     

Net interest income

  $ 3,994   $ 4,819   $ 8,813   $ 12,688   $ 2,412   $ 15,100  
                           

(1)
The rate/volume variance for each category has been allocated on an equal basis between rate and volumes.

(2)
Nonaccrual loans are included in the above analysis.

(3)
Tax exempt income is not presented on a taxable-equivalent basis in the above analysis.

41


Table of Contents

Table 3—Yields on Average Interest-Earning Assets and Rates on Average Interest-Bearing Liabilities

 
  2009   2008   2007  
Years Ended December 31,
(Dollars in thousands)

  Average
Balance
  Interest
Earned/
Paid
  Average
Yield/
Rate
  Average
Balance
  Interest
Earned/
Paid
  Average
Yield/
Rate
  Average
Balance
  Interest
Earned/
Paid
  Average
Yield/
Rate
 

Assets

                                                       

Interest-earning assets:

                                                       
 

Loans, net of unearned income(1)

  $ 2,248,568   $ 130,257     5.79 % $ 2,220,448   $ 141,663     6.38 % $ 1,823,196   $ 134,355     7.37 %
 

Loans held for sale

    31,187     1,513     4.85 %   17,022     967     5.68 %   21,747     1,253     5.76 %
 

Investment securities:

                                                       
   

Taxable

    179,148     8,501     4.75 %   210,436     11,065     5.26 %   203,899     10,316     5.06 %
   

Tax-exempt

    28,703     936     3.26 %   36,760     1,471     4.00 %   26,386     1,302     4.93 %
 

Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell and time deposits

    116,422     591     0.51 %   38,907     909     2.31 %   38,460     1,973     5.13 %
                                             
     

Total interest-earning assets

    2,604,028     141,798     5.45 %   2,523,573     156,075     6.18 %   2,113,688     149,199     7.06 %

Noninterest-earning assets:

                                                       
 

Cash and due from banks

    44,192                 51,747                 48,094              
 

Other assets

    198,467                 178,824                 134,031              
 

Allowance for loan losses

    (32,761 )               (28,189 )               (23,400 )            
                                                   
   

Total noninterest-earning assets

    209,898                 202,382                 158,725              
                                                   
     

Total assets

  $ 2,813,926               $ 2,725,955               $ 2,272,413              
                                                   

Liabilities

                                                       

Interest-bearing liabilities:

                                                       
 

Deposits

                                                       
   

Transaction and money market accounts

  $ 658,030   $ 4,175     0.63 % $ 565,815   $ 6,030     1.07 % $ 558,467   $ 11,838     2.12 %
   

Savings deposits

    155,797     755     0.48 %   145,579     1,706     1.17 %   111,484     2,166     1.94 %
   

Certificates and other time deposits

    1,003,572     25,801     2.57 %   1,019,434     39,908     3.91 %   807,594     39,153     4.85 %
 

Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase

    208,565     502     0.24 %   271,143     5,427     2.00 %   208,516     9,180     4.40 %
 

Other borrowings

    150,446     5,975     3.97 %   168,645     7,227     4.29 %   109,566     6,185     5.64 %
                                             
     

Total interest-bearing liabilities

    2,176,410     37,208     1.71 %   2,170,616     60,298     2.78 %   1,795,627     68,522     3.82 %

Noninterest-bearing liabilities:

                                                       
 

Noninterest-bearing deposits

    329,782                 315,167                 284,766              
 

Other liabilities

    16,144                 14,688                 18,341              
                                                   
 

Total noninterest-bearing liabilities

    345,926                 329,855                 303,107              
 

Shareholders' equity

    291,590                 225,484                 173,679              
                                                   
     

Total noninterest-bearing liabilities and shareholders' equity

    637,516                 555,339                 476,786              
                                                   
       

Total liabilities and shareholders' equity

  $ 2,813,926               $ 2,725,955               $ 2,272,413              
                                                   

Net interest spread

                3.74 %               3.41 %               3.24 %

Impact of interest free funds

                0.28 %               0.38 %               0.58 %
                                                     

Net interest margin (non-taxable equivalent)

                4.02 %               3.79 %               3.82 %
                                             
       

Net interest income

        $ 104,590               $ 95,777               $ 80,677        
                                                   

(1)
Nonaccrual loans are included in the above analysis.

Noninterest Income and Expense

        Noninterest income provides us with additional revenues that are significant sources of income. In 2009, 2008, and 2007, noninterest income comprised 20.1%, 16.6%, and 26.9%, respectively, of total net interest and noninterest income. The increase from 2008 resulted from an increase in mortgage banking income and a decrease in other-than-temporary impairment losses for the year ended December 31, 2009 as compared to the same period in 2008.

42


Table of Contents

Table 4—Noninterest Income for the Three Years

 
  Years Ended December 31,  
(Dollars in thousands)
  2009   2008   2007  

Service charges on deposit accounts

  $ 15,498   $ 16,117   $ 15,114  

Mortgage banking income, net of commissions

    6,552     3,455     3,596  

Bankcard services income

    5,043     4,832     4,136  

Trust and investment services income

    2,517     2,756     2,566  

Securities gains (losses), net

    82     (43 )   (460 )

Total other-than-temporary impairment losses

    (10,494 )   (9,884 )    

Portion of impairment losses recognized in other comprehensive loss

    5,489          
               
 

Net impairment losses recognized in earnings

    (5,005 )   (9,884 )    

Other

    1,559     1,816     2,407  
               
 

Total noninterest income

  $ 26,246   $ 19,049   $ 27,359  
               

        Noninterest income increased 37.8% for the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to 2008 resulting from the following:

    Mortgage banking income increased 89.6%, driven by an increase in fees paid by investors to purchase mortgage loans sold in the secondary market for the year ended December 31, 2009. During 2009, production in secondary market mortgages was strong during the first and second quarters of 2009 and overall higher than in the previous year.

    Net impairment losses recognized in earnings was lower during the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to the same period in 2008. We recorded $4.9 million of OTTI on seven pooled trust preferred securities and $83,000 on other equities for the year ended December 31, 2009 (additional detailed discussion of OTTI can be found in Note 4—Investment Securities).

    Other noninterest income decreased 14.2%, primarily driven by a reduction in the cash surrender value of bank-owned life insurance and miscellaneous other income.

        Noninterest income decreased 30.4% for the year ended December 31, 2008 compared to 2007 resulting from the following:

    Service charges on deposit accounts increased 6.6%, driven by continued deposit growth in 2008.

    Mortgage banking income decreased 3.9%, driven by a slight decrease in service release premiums for the year ended December 31, 2008. During 2008, production in secondary market mortgages continued to slow down as in the previous year.

    Bankcard services income increased 16.8%, driven largely by the number of new accounts opened in 2008 and a general increase in usage by bank customers related to the SCBT Rewards program.

    Trust and investment services income increased 7.4%, driven primarily by an increase in estate and managing agency trust services while investment services remained relatively flat in 2008 compared to the year ending December 31, 2007.

    We recognized $10.1 million in realized losses during 2008 on the sale of Freddie Mac preferred securities and a $124,000 OTTI write-down on other equities. In the second quarter of 2008, we recognized a gain of $340,000 on the sale of an equity security. We recorded an OTTI charge of $9.8 million during the third quarter of 2008 on Freddie Mac preferred securities, and then recorded an additional $383,000 loss in the fourth quarter of 2008 when we sold all of the Freddie Mac preferred securities.

43


Table of Contents

    Other noninterest income declined 24.6% during 2008, driven largely by a $260,000 loss recognized on bank owned life insurance ("BOLI"), a decrease of $124,000 on the cash surrender value of BOLI and an $86,000 loss on the sale of premise and equipment.

        Noninterest expense represents the largest expense category for our company. During 2009, we continued to emphasize carefully controlling our noninterest expense.

Table 5—Noninterest Expense for the Three Years

 
  Years Ended December 31,  
(Dollars in thousands)
  2009   2008   2007  

Salaries and employee benefits

  $ 40,787   $ 42,554   $ 39,312  

Net occupancy expense

    6,392     6,103     4,950  

Furniture and equipment expense

    6,049     6,246     5,758  

Information services expense

    5,557     4,878     4,265  

FDIC assessment and other regulatory charges

    5,449     1,837     871  

OREO expense and loan related

    5,641     1,759     638  

Advertising and marketing

    2,497     3,870     3,143  

Business development and staff related

    1,947     2,184     2,097  

Professional fees

    1,782     2,243     2,072  

Amortization of intangibles

    526     575     509  

Merger expense

        405     811  

Other

    7,019     7,142     6,976  
               
 

Total noninterest expense

  $ 83,646   $ 79,796   $ 71,402  
               

        Noninterest expense increased 4.8% for the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to 2008 primarily as a result of the following:

    Salaries and employee benefits expense decreased 4.2%, driven mainly by a $1.2 million decrease in the employer match on the 401(k) plan, an $863,000 decrease in employee incentive pay, and a $521,000 decrease in pension cost during the 2009.

    Information services expense increased 13.9%, driven by an increase in cost related to internet banking and general computer servicing.

    FDIC assessments and other regulatory charges increased 196.6%, driven by continued quarterly increases by the FDIC. In November 2009, the FDIC published a final rule to require FDIC insured banks to prepay the fourth quarter assessment and the next three years assessment by December 31, 2009. The calculation of the prepaid assessment provides for a 5% growth rate assumption in the deposit base and a 3 basis point increase in FDIC assessments in 2011 and 2012. Therefore, if deposits grow quicker than 5%, our quarterly expense in the future will increase compared to previous periods. The prepayment does not immediately impact expense levels during 2009, but does impact our liquidity. At December 31, 2009, we had a prepaid assessment of $11.2 million.

    OREO expense and loan related expense increased 220.7%, mostly driven by a $3.5 million increase in valuation losses on OREO. We believe that our OREO expense will remain elevated and could rise as problem loans are foreclosed on and we dispose of these assets in 2010 and 2011.

    Advertising and marketing expense decreased 35.5%, driven largely by a $539,000, or 26.9%, decrease in advertising expense, a $394,000, or 37.1%, decrease in public relations expense and a $351,000, or 63.8%, decrease in debit card rewards expense.

44


Table of Contents

        Noninterest expense increased 11.8% for the year ended December 31, 2008 compared to 2007 primarily as a result of the following:

    Salaries and employee benefits expense increased 8.2%, driven by sales volume incentives paid to employees on certain banking products. This expense was the largest component of noninterest expense comprising 53.3% of the category totals for 2008. At December 31, 2008, we employed 692 full-time equivalent employees compared to 701 at the end of 2007.

    Furniture and equipment expense increased by 8.5% as a result of the purchase of TSB in late 2007 and the addition of two new financial centers during the year.

    Net occupancy expense increased 23.3%, driven by newly opened financial centers during 2008 and the increased lease expense and operating costs associated with the offices acquired in the TSB purchase. We maintained a total number of 50 financial centers during 2008. We opened a full-service branch on James Island, South Carolina; opened a full-service branch to replace a limited-service branch in Irmo, South Carolina; and closed the Cornelius, North Carolina LPO.

    Information services expense increased 14.4%, driven by the incremental cost of the financial centers acquired in the TSB transaction and the addition of the full-service financial centers opened during 2008.

    Advertising and marketing expense increased 23.1%, driven largely by a $478,000, or 31.3%, increase in advertising expense, a $216,000, or 25.6%, increase in public relations expense and a $127,000, or 30.1%, increase in debit card rewards expense.

    The remaining categories of total noninterest expense increased 26.6% during 2008 due primarily to four factors: (1) an $888,000 increase in FDIC assessments, (2) a $776,000 increase in costs related to loan collections and other real estate owned, (3) a $188,000 increase in transaction expense related to bankcard services, and (4) a $182,000 increase in property taxes with additional de novo locations and full year of TSB locations.

Income Tax Expense

        Our effective income tax rate decreased to 33.6% at December 31, 2009 compared to 35.0% at December 31, 2008. The lower effective tax rate in 2009 is reflective of the impact of tax exempt income on municipal bonds (permanent difference) compared to lower pre-tax net income for the year ended December 31, 2009.

Investment Securities

        We use investment securities, the second largest category of interest-earning assets, to generate interest income through the employment of excess funds, to provide liquidity, to fund loan demand or deposit liquidation, and to pledge as collateral for public funds deposits and repurchase agreements. The composition of the investment portfolio changed somewhat from 2008 mainly due to some increased balances in state and municipal bonds and in government sponsored entities ("GSE") debentures and a decline in balances of agency mortgage-backed securities. The average life of the investment portfolio at December 31, 2009 was approximately 4.97 years, compared with 5.47 years at December 31, 2008. At December 31, 2009, investment securities were $211.1 million, or 8.3% of earning assets, compared with $222.2 million, or 8.7% of earning assets, at December 31, 2008. See Note 1 "Summary of Significant Accounting Policies" in the audited consolidated financial statements for our accounting policy on investment securities.

        As securities are purchased, they are designated as held to maturity or available for sale based upon our intent, which incorporates liquidity needs, interest rate expectations, asset/liability management strategies, and capital requirements. We do not currently hold, nor have we ever held, any

45


Table of Contents


securities that are designated as trading securities. The following table presents the values reported of investment securities for the past five years as of December 31:

Table 6—Investment Securities for the Five Years

 
  December 31,  
(Dollars in thousands)
  2009   2008   2007   2006   2005  

Held-to-maturity (amortized cost):

                               

State and municipal obligations

  $ 21,538   $ 24,228   $ 21,457   $ 18,112   $ 18,194  
                       
 

Total held-to-maturity

    21,538     24,228     21,457     18,112     18,194  
                       

Available-for-sale (fair value):

                               

Government-sponsored enterprises debt

    36,615     28,672     71,952     67,448     37,749  

State and municipal obligations

    26,805     10,558     10,233          

Mortgage-backed securities

    103,268     133,505     118,205     93,238     99,595  

Trust preferred (collateralized debt obligations)

    6,250     10,083     14,246     14,358     11,361  

Corporate stocks

    365     402     8,744     7,069     4,923  
                       
 

Total available-for-sale

    173,303     183,220     223,380     182,113     153,628  
                       
 

Total other investments

    16,271     14,779     13,472     10,166     10,922  
                       

Total investment securities

  $ 211,112   $ 222,227   $ 258,309   $ 210,391   $ 182,744  
                       

        During 2009, total investment securities decreased $11.1 million, or 5.0%, from December 31, 2008. The decrease was primarily the result of maturing or called securities that were purchased in higher interest rate environments and the writedown of some pooled trust preferred securities. The decrease in held-to-maturity ("HTM") securities was the result of called and maturing state and municipal tax-exempt securities during 2009. These are generally longer-maturity bonds that we classified at the time of purchase as HTM. Beginning in the latter portion of 2008, we began to typically classify new purchases of municipal securities as available-for-sale to increase future flexibility to sell some of these securities if conditions warrant. During 2009, we increased our purchase of these tax-exempt securities to take advantage of their wider-than-normal spreads to U.S. Treasury notes. At December 31, 2009, the fair value of the total investment securities portfolio (including HTM) was $1.4 million, or 0.64%, lower than its book value. Comparable valuations at December 31, 2008 reflected a total investment portfolio fair value that was $4.5 million, or 1.99%, lower than book value.

Held-to-maturity

        HTM securities consist solely of tax-exempt state and municipal securities. The following are highlights:

    Total HTM securities decreased $2.7 million from the balance at December 31, 2008.

    The balance of HTM securities represented 0.8% and 0.9% of total assets at December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively.

    Interest earned amounted to $910,000, a decrease of $86,000, or 8.7%, from $966,000 in the comparable year of 2008. The average balance of the HTM portfolio decreased by $2.2 million during 2009. The overall yield on the HTM portfolio increased by 1 basis point from 2008 and decreased by 23 basis points from 2007 attributable to maturing or called securities that were purchased in higher interest rate environments.

        The average life of the held to maturity portfolio was 10.7 years and 10.6 years at December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively.

46


Table of Contents

Available-for-sale

        Securities available for sale consist mainly of government-sponsored enterprises, state and municipal bonds, and mortgage-backed securities. At December 31, 2009, investment securities with an amortized cost of $175.0 million and fair value of $173.3 million were classified as available for sale. The negative adjustment of $1.7 million between the carrying value of these securities and their amortized cost has been reflected, net of tax, in the consolidated balance sheet as a component of accumulated other comprehensive loss. The following are highlights:

    Total securities available for sale decreased $9.9 million, or 5.4%, from the balance at December 31, 2008, primarily as a result of maturities and calls of securities that were purchased in a higher interest rate environment and the writedown of pooled trust preferred securities.

    The balance of securities available for sale represented 6.4% of total assets at December 31, 2009 and 6.6% at December 31, 2008.

    Interest income earned in 2009 amounted to $8.5 million, a decrease of $3.0 million, or 26.2%, from $11.5 million in the comparable year of 2008. The decrease in interest earned reflected a 59 basis point decrease in the yield on available for sale securities, reflecting the ongoing low interest rate environment throughout 2009.

        At December 31, 2009, we had 39 securities available for sale in an unrealized loss position, which totaled $6.6 million. During 2009, the credit and capital markets continued to experience unprecedented turmoil globally. These positions largely reflect the loss of liquidity in the capital markets and substantial widening of spreads (over the U.S. Treasury yield curve) that many market segments experienced during the period. The unrealized loss position at December 31, 2009 includes $5.8 million attributable to 8 pooled trust preferred securities. These securities are collateralized by subordinated debt issued by other financial institutions across the United States. In evaluating whether or not these securities are other-than-temporarily impaired, we have considered the financial health of these institutions. During 2009, we recorded $4.9 million in credit related other-than-temporary impairment on seven of the eight pooled trust preferred securities. See Note 4—Investment Securities for additional information.

        The market for originating new pooled trust preferred securities, as well as the secondary market for such existing securities, continued to be extremely illiquid in 2009. Accordingly, we use a pricing model as the most appropriate method for valuing these securities. The pricing model uses observable market data and unobservable market inputs. Therefore, these valuations are considered Level 3 valuations under the three-tier value hierarchy. Management continues to carefully monitor these securities. See "Note 4—Investment Securities" to the audited consolidated financial statements for information pertaining to our securities available for sale with gross unrealized losses at December 31, 2009 and 2008, aggregated by investment category and length of time that individual securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position and see "Note 24—Fair Value" for information pertaining to fair value methodologies.

        For the year ended December 31, 2009, we recognized an $83,000 other-than-temporary impairment on corporate stocks.

        Investment securities in an unrealized loss position as of December 31, 2009 continue to perform as scheduled. We have the intent to hold all securities within the portfolio until their maturity or until their value recovers and it is not more-likely-than-not that we will be required to sell the debt securities, therefore, we do not consider these investments to be other-than-temporarily impaired at December 31, 2009, except for the securities listed on page F-26 where we recorded an other-than-temporary impairment charge in 2009. We continue to monitor all of these securities with a high degree of scrutiny. There can be no assurance that we will not conclude in future periods that conditions existing at that time indicate some or all of these securities are other than temporarily impaired, which would require a charge to earnings in such periods. Any charges for other-than-temporary impairment related to securities available for sale would not impact cash flow, tangible capital or liquidity.

47


Table of Contents

        While securities classified as available for sale may be sold from time to time to meet liquidity or other needs, it is not our normal practice to trade this segment of the investment securities portfolio. While we generally hold these assets on a long-term basis or until maturity, any short-term investments or securities available for sale could be sold at an earlier point, depending partly on changes in interest rates and alternative investment opportunities.

Other Investments

        Other investment securities include primarily our investments in Federal Reserve Bank stock and Federal Home Loan Bank of Atlanta ("FHLB") stock, each with no readily determinable market value. The amortized cost and fair value of all these securities are equal at year end. As of December 31, 2009, the investment in FHLB stock represented approximately $9.0 million, or 0.3% as a percentage of total assets. The following factors have been evaluated and considered in determining the carrying amount of the FHLB stock:

    We evaluate ultimate recoverability of the par value.

    We currently have sufficient liquidity or have access to other sources of liquidity to meet all operational needs in the foreseeable future, and would not have the need to dispose of this stock below the recorded amount.

    Historically, the FHLB does not allow for discretionary purchases or sales of this stock. Redemptions of the stock occur at the discretion of the FHLB, subsequent to the maturity of outstanding advances held by the member institutions. We redeemed approximately $157,000 of our investment during 2009, at par value.

    We have reviewed the assessments by rating agencies, which have concluded that debt ratings are likely to remain unchanged and the FHLB has the ability to absorb economic losses, given the expectation that the various FHLBanks have a very high degree of government support.

    The unrealized losses related to the securities owned by the FHLBanks are manageable given the capital levels of these organizations.

    All of the FHLBs are meeting their debt obligations.

    In the first and second quarter of 2009, we considered the fact that the FHLB did not make any dividend payments (distributions) in the fourth quarter of 2008 and would not make any dividend determinations until after the end of each quarter when quarterly results were known; however, our holdings of FHLB stock are not intended for the receipt of dividends or stock growth, but for the purpose and right to receive advances, or funding. Further, we deem the FHLB's process of determining after each quarter end whether it will pay a dividend and, if so, the amount, as essentially similar to standard practice by most dividend-paying companies. Based on the FHLB's second and third quarter results, the FHLB announced on August 12, 2009 and October 30, 2009 a dividend payment for the second quarter and third quarter, respectively.

        For the reasons above, we have concluded that our holdings of FHLB stock are not other than temporarily impaired as of December 31, 2009 and ultimate recoverability of the par value of this investment is probable.

48


Table of Contents

Table 7—Maturity Distribution and Yields of Investment Securities

 
  Due In
1 Year or Less
  Due After
1 Thru 5 Years
  Due After
5 Thru 10 Years
  Due After
10 Years
   
   
   
   
 
 
  Total    
   
 
 
  Par
Value
  Fair
Value
 
(Dollars in thousands)
  Amount   Yield   Amount   Yield   Amount   Yield   Amount   Yield   Amount   Yield  

Held-to-maturity

                                                                         

State and municipal obligations(2)

  $ 400     6.71 % $ 1,484     7.71 % $ 3,633     6.14 % $ 16,021     5.98 % $ 21,538     6.14 % $ 21,560   $ 21,901  
                                                   
 

Total held-to-maturity

    400     6.71 %   1,484     7.71 %   3,633     6.14 %   16,021     5.98 %   21,538     6.14 %   21,560     21,901  
                                                   

Available-for-sale

                                                                         

Government-sponsored enterprises debt

    3,168     4.79 %   532     5.08 %   9,700     3.20 %   23,215     2.27 %   36,615     2.77 %   36,498     36,615  

State and municipal obligations(2)

    1,004     2.97 %       0.00 %   1,555     5.67 %   24,246     6.12 %   26,805     5.98 %   26,555     26,805  

Mortgage-backed securities

    3,047     4.34 %   5,016     4.38 %   26,524     5.07 %   68,681     5.05 %   103,268     5.01 %   99,280     103,268  

Trust preferred (collateralized debt obligations)

        0.00 %       0.00 %       0.00 %   6,250     2.78 %   6,250     2.78 %   16,903     6,250  

Corporate stocks(1)

        0.00 %       0.00 %       0.00 %   365     3.12 %   365     3.12 %   365     365  
                                                   
 

Total available-for-sale

    7,219     3.93 %   5,548     4.45 %   37,779     4.38 %   122,757     3.41 %   173,303     3.67 %   179,601     173,303  
                                                   
 

Total other investments(1)

        0.00 %       0.00 %       0.00 %   16,271     2.01 %   16,271     2.01 %   16,271     16,271  
                                                   

Total investment securities

  $ 7,619     4.08 % $ 7,032     5.14 % $ 41,412     4.54 % $ 155,049     3.53 % $ 211,112     3.80 % $ 217,432   $ 211,475  
                                                   

Percent of total

    4 %         3 %         20 %         73 %                              

Cumulative percent of total

    4 %         7 %         27 %         100 %                              

(1)
Federal Reserve Bank and other corporate stocks have no set maturity date and are classified in "Due after 10 Years."

(2)
Yields on tax-exempt income have been presented on a taxable-equivalent basis in the above table.

Loan Portfolio

        Our loan portfolio remains our largest category of interest-earning assets. An 11.0% decrease in loans secured by commercial real estate mortgages and a 27.7% decrease in consumer loans contributed to overall loan contraction for the year ended December 31, 2009. At December 31, 2009, total loans had contracted to $2.2 billion, a decrease of $112.8 million, or 4.9%, compared to $2.3 billion at the end of 2008. Average loans outstanding during 2009 were $2.2 billion, an increase of $28.1 million, or 1.3%, over the 2008 average of $2.2 billion.

        The following table presents a summary of the loan portfolio by category:

Table 8—Distribution of Net Loans by Type

 
  December 31,  
(Dollars in thousands)
  2009   2008   2007   2006   2005  

Real estate:

                               
 

Commercial non-owner occupied

  $ 770,934   $ 866,430   $ 805,267   $ 680,972   $ 545,646  
 

Consumer

    533,123     515,546     436,767     392,650     376,323  

Commercial owner occupied real estate

    469,101     423,345     308,864     219,466     188,476  

Commercial and industrial

    214,174     251,929     257,170     198,044     183,334  

Other income producing property

    137,736     141,516     123,659     115,189     92,823  

Consumer

    68,770     95,098     118,756     131,202     128,876  

Other loans

    9,400     22,212     32,564     23,307     20,423  
                       
 

Total loans

  $ 2,203,238   $ 2,316,076   $ 2,083,047   $ 1,760,830   $ 1,535,901  
                       

Note: In the table above, the loan category consumer real estate includes owner occupied real estate.

49


Table of Contents

        Real estate mortgage loans continue to comprise the largest segment of our loan portfolio. All commercial and residential loans secured by real estate are included in this category. As of December 31, 2009 compared to December 31, 2008:

    Loans secured by real estate mortgages were $1.3 billion, and comprised 59.2% of the total loan portfolio. This was a decrease of $77.9 million, or 5.6%, over year-end 2008.

    Loans secured by commercial real estate decreased by $95.5 million, or 11.0%.

    Loans secured by consumer real estate grew by $17.6 million, or 3.4%.

    Commercial owner occupied real estate loans grew $45.8 million, or 10.8%, from the comparable year of 2008. The balance represented 21.3% of total loans.

        Loan interest income, including fees, was $131.8 million in 2009, a decrease of $10.9 million, or 7.6% percent, over 2008 income of $142.6 million. The decrease was the result of an average loan portfolio yield in 2009 of 5.79% which was 59 basis points lower than the 6.38% loan yield in 2008. Interest and fee income for 2008 was 5.2% above the 2007 income of $135.6 million. The average loan yield in 2008 was 97 basis points lower than the 2007 yield of 7.35%.

        Loans secured by commercial real estate comprise of $467.3 million in construction and land development loans and $303.6 million in commercial non-owner occupied loans at December 31, 2009. At December 31, 2008, we had $535.6 million in construction and land development and $330.8 million in commercial non-owner occupied loans. Construction and land development loans are more susceptible to a risk of loss during the current downturn in the business cycle.

        Loans secured by consumer real estate comprise of $284.5 million in consumer owner occupied loans and $248.6 million in home equity loans at December 31, 2009. At December 31, 2008, we had $293.5 million in consumer owner occupied loans and $222.0 million in home equity loans.

        The table below shows the maturity of the loan portfolio at December 31, 2009.

Table 9—Maturity Distribution of Loans

December 31, 2009
(Dollars in thousands)

  Total   1 Year
or Less
  Maturity
1 to 5 Years
  Over
5 Years
 

Real estate:

                         
 

Commercial non-owner occupied

  $ 770,934   $ 297,673   $ 397,935   $ 75,326  
 

Consumer

    533,123     56,628     131,188     345,307  

Commercial owner occupied real estate

    469,101     76,513     263,425     129,163  

Commercial and industrial

    214,174     113,483     75,759     24,932  

Other income producing property

    137,736     50,687     78,306     8,743  

Consumer

    68,770     13,082     51,068     4,620  

Other loans

    9,400     2,468     4,562     2,370  
                   
 

Total loans

  $ 2,203,238   $ 610,534   $ 1,002,243   $ 590,461  
                   

        At December 31, 2009 and 2008, we had a balance for loans due after one year of $344.2 million and $407.3 million, respectively, with fixed interest rates and $129.1 million and $141.6 million, respectively, with adjustable interest rates in the commercial non-owner occupied real estate loan category. At December 31, 2009 and 2008, we had a balance for loans due after one year of $357.8 million and $329.8 million, respectively, with fixed interest rates and $34.8 million and $31.3 million, respectively, with adjustable interest rates in the commercial owner occupied real estate loan category. At December 31, 2009 and 2008, we had a balance for loans due after one year of $81.5 million and $92.1 million, respectively, with fixed interest rates and $19.2 million and $47.6 million, respectively, with adjustable interest rates in the commercial and industrial loan category.

50


Table of Contents

Nonaccrual Loans and Total Nonperforming Assets

        The placement of loans on a nonaccrual status is dependent upon the type of loan, the past due status and the collection activities in progress. Non-real estate secured loans and commercial loans are typically moved to nonaccrual status at 90 days past due. Loans well secured and in the process of collection are generally allowed to remain on an accrual basis until they become 120 days past due but could remain on accrual for up to 180 days. Unsecured commercial loans are generally charged off at 120 days past due. Generally, commercial and real estate loans that are fully or partially secured are written down to the collateral value and placed on nonaccrual status after becoming once becoming 90 to 120 days past due. Consumer loans can be placed on nonaccrual status, but normally they are not moved into nonaccrual status before charge off occurs. Closed end consumer loans are charged off or written down to the collateral value on or before becoming 120 days past due. Open end consumer loans secured by real estate are charged off or written down to the collateral value on or before becoming 180 days past due.

        The level of risk elements in the loan portfolio, other real estate owned and other nonperforming assets for the past five years is shown below:

Table 10—Nonperforming Assets

 
  December 31,  
(Dollars in thousands)
  2009   2008   2007   2006   2005  

Nonaccrual loans

  $ 49,492   $ 14,624   $ 5,353   $ 3,567   $ 2,760  

Accruing loans past due 90 days or more

    241     293     985     1,039     1,512  
                       
 

Total nonperforming loans

    49,733     14,917     6,338     4,606     4,272  

Other real estate owned ("OREO")(1)

    3,102     6,126     490     597     379  

Other nonperforming assets(2)

    31     84     82          
                       
 

Total nonperforming assets

  $ 52,866   $ 21,127   $ 6,910   $ 5,203   $ 4,651  
                       

Total nonperforming assets as a percentage of total loans and repossessed assets(3)

    2.40 %   0.91 %   0.33 %   0.30 %   0.32 %
                       

Total nonperforming assets as a percentage of total assets

    1.96 %   0.76 %   0.27 %   0.24 %   0.24 %
                       

Nonperforming loans as a percentage of period end loans(3)

    2.26 %   0.64 %   0.30 %   0.27 %   0.28 %
                       

(1)
Includes certain real estate acquired as a result of foreclosure and property not intended for bank use.

(2)
Consist of non-real estate foreclosed assets, such as repossessed vehicles.

(3)
Loan data excludes mortgage loans held for sale.

        Two loans that originated in October 2007 drove the increase in nonaccrual loans during the first quarter of 2009. These loans became non-performing in January and March 2009, respectively. The underlying collateral for one of these loans is commercial lots located in North Carolina, and the other loan is supported by residential lots on the coast of South Carolina. The most recent appraisals for these two loans were in December 2009 and in March 2009.

        Through December 31, 2009, these two "loans" (assets) are at different stages of resolution. One loan which had an original note balance of $3.4 million was written down by $1.6 million during 2009. The loan has been brought current as to past due interest and funds have been placed on deposit to

51


Table of Contents


fund the interest owed over the next 20 months on the remaining $1.8 million loan and has sufficient collateral coverage for the remaining balance and is on accrual status. The other loan was moved to OREO during the second quarter of 2009, with an original loan balance of $1.8 million. A charge-off was recorded on this loan for $382,000 in the second quarter of 2009 prior to moving to OREO; and an additional write-down of the property by $482,000 was recorded during the third quarter of 2009. This OREO was sold during September 2009 at a minimal additional loss of $12,000.

        Nonaccrual loans increased by approximately $8.6 million during the second quarter of 2009, which was primarily the result of five commercial real estate loans. One of these loans was originated in 2005, two were originated in 2006 and two were originated in 2007. Three of the loans moved to nonaccrual status in May 2009 and two in June 2009. Two of these loans currently have specific reserves totaling $1.2 million due to the shortfall in the collateral value as of December 31, 2009, an increase from $943,000 at September 30, 2009. During the fourth quarter of 2009, one of the loans was partially charged off by approximately $224,000, and therefore, no additional reserve is needed. The underlying collateral for each of these loans is real estate (one is secured by commercial lots, one is secured by residential lots, two are secured with a primary residence, two non-owner occupied commercial properties and one commercial non-owner occupied property, and one is secured by commercial owner-occupied property). The most recent appraisals for each of these loans were completed in 2009.

        Nonaccrual loans increased by approximately $7.2 million during the third quarter of 2009, which was primarily the result of four lending relationships (eight loans). All of these loans were originated in 2005, 2006 or 2007. With respect to four of these loans, the Company is currently holding specific reserves totaling approximately $886,000. These loans are secured by two completed speculation homes, five residential lots, and commercial non-owner occupied property. A fifth loan has been written down by $604,000 due to the decline in real estate values related to this subdivision, and the collateral is a single family residence. The sixth loan has matured and is now in foreclosure and secured by two commercial lots, and was partially charged off by $214,000 during the fourth quarter of 2009. A seventh and eighth loan has been partially charged off by $268,000 during the fourth quarter of 2009, and the collateral value (raw land) supports the remaining balance. The most recent appraisals for these loans were completed in 2009, except for one which was completed in August of 2008.

        Nonaccrual loans increased by approximately $9.5 million during the fourth quarter of 2009, which was primarily the result of nine loans and seven relationships. Seven of the nine loans were originated in 2007, one loan in 2008, and one loan in 2009. With respect to these loans, the Company is currently holding specific reserves totaling approximately $747,000 on three of the loans. Four of these loans are currently in process of foreclosure; one of these same loans is a consumer real estate (primary residence) loan which a partial charge off of $68,000 has been recorded, and four of the loans have sufficient collateral to support the outstanding balances. The collateral of two loans are secured by commercial non-owner occupied real estate, two loans secured by commercial owner-occupied real estate, two loans secured by land development, two loans secured by primary residences, and one loan secured by residential investment property. Seven of the nine loans had appraisals completed in 2009, one loan had an appraisal completed in August of 2008 and one has an appraisal that was completed in June 2007.

        At December 31, 2009, OREO decreased by $3.0 million from December 31, 2008. At December 31, 2009, OREO consisted of 25 properties with an average value of $124,000 down from $266,000 at December 31, 2008, when we had 23 properties. We added 10 properties into OREO during the fourth quarter of 2009 at approximately $1.1 million and sold 10 properties with a basis of approximately $1.5 million. Our OREO balance of $3.1 million, at December 31, 2009, is comprised of 23% in the Georgetown/Myrtle Beach region, 23% in the Beaufort (Hilton Head) region, 17% in the Columbia region and 15% in the Low Country region.

52


Table of Contents

        Overall, we continue to believe that the loan portfolio remains manageable in terms of charge-offs and NPAs as a percentage of total loans. Given the industry-wide rise in credit costs, we have taken additional proactive measures to identify problem loans including in-house and independent review of larger transactions. Our policy for evaluating problem loans includes obtaining new certified real estate appraisals as needed. We continue to monitor and review frequently the overall asset quality within the loan portfolio.

Silverton Bank Loan Participations

        On Friday, May 1, 2009, Silverton Bank, N.A. ("Silverton"), in Atlanta, Georgia was closed by the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency ("OCC") and subsequently the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation ("FDIC") was named receiver. We had four loan participations acquired in bank acquisitions. The original loan balance of these loan participations totaled $6.4 million.

        During 2009, we charged-off $4.4 million of these loan participations. Two of these loan participations have been moved to OREO, and have been further written down by $810,000 during 2009. These two "loans" remain in OREO at a carrying value of $261,000. Two of these loan participations remain in our loan portfolio as nonaccrual loans at a value of $611,000. These assets were recorded at 14% of the original loan balance at December 31, 2009.

        During the fourth quarter of 2009, we recorded no additional charge offs or write downs related to these assets, however, we did receive a payment on one asset of $172,000, which resulted in reducing the carrying amount of that specific property.

        During 2009, the increased activity by the FDIC to dispose of these assets and a known bid, along with the reduced prospect of collection drove the additional charge-offs and write downs of the above referenced assets, and therefore, the carrying value of these assets.

        We have no other exposure to Silverton at December 31, 2009.

Potential Problem Loans

        Potential problem loans, which are not included in nonperforming loans, amounted to approximately $26.4 million, or 1.20% of total loans outstanding at December 31, 2009, compared to $8.0 million, or 0.34% of total loans outstanding at December 31, 2008. Potential problem loans represent those loans with a well-defined weakness and where information about possible credit problems of borrowers has caused management to have serious doubts about the borrower's ability to comply with present repayment terms.

Allowance for Loan Losses

        On December 13, 2006, the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, and other regulatory agencies collectively revised the banking agencies' 1993 policy statement on the allowance for loan and lease losses to ensure consistency with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States and more recent supervisory guidance. Our loan loss policy adheres to the interagency guidance.

        The allowance for loan losses is based upon estimates made by management. We maintain an allowance for loan losses at a level that we believe is appropriate to cover estimated credit losses on individually evaluated loans that are determined to be impaired as well as estimated credit losses inherent in the remainder of our loan portfolio. Arriving at the allowance involves a high degree of management judgment and results in a range of estimated losses. We regularly evaluate the adequacy of the allowance through our internal risk rating system, outside credit review, and regulatory agency examinations to assess the quality of the loan portfolio and identify problem loans. The evaluation process also includes our analysis of current economic conditions, composition of the loan portfolio,

53


Table of Contents


past due and nonaccrual loans, concentrations of credit, lending policies and procedures, and historical loan loss experience. The provision for loan losses is charged to expense in an amount necessary to maintain the allowance at an appropriate level.

        The allowance consists of general and specific reserves. The general reserves are determined by applying loss percentages to the portfolio that are based on historical loss experience and management's evaluation and "risk grading" of the loan portfolio. Additionally, the general economic and business conditions affecting key lending areas, credit quality trends, collateral values, loan volumes and concentrations, seasoning of the loan portfolio, the findings of internal and external credit reviews and results from external bank regulatory examinations are included in this evaluation. The specific reserves are determined on a loan-by-loan basis based on management's evaluation of our exposure for each credit, given the current payment status of the loan and the value of any underlying collateral. These are loans classified by management as either doubtful, substandard or special mention. For such loans that are also classified as impaired, an allowance is established when the discounted cash flows (or collateral value or observable market price) of the impaired loan is lower than the carrying value of that loan. Generally, the need for a specific reserve is evaluated on impaired loans greater than $250,000 of all non-homogenous commercial loans. Loans for which specific reserves are provided are excluded from the calculation of the general reserves.

Table 11—Allocation of the Allowance for Loan Losses

 
  2009   2008   2007   2006   2005  
(Dollars in thousands)
  Amount   %*   Amount   %*   Amount   %*   Amount   %*   Amount   %*  

Real estate:

                                                             
 

Commercial non-owner occupied

  $ 14,961     35.0%   $ 11,960     37.4%   $ 10,442     38.7%   $ 8,886     38.7%   $ 7,289     35.5%  
 

Consumer

    8,386     24.2%     6,909     22.2%     5,527     21.0%     5,010     22.3%     4,886     24.5%  

Commercial owner occupied real estate

    5,978     21.3%     4,865     18.3%     3,268     14.8%     2,267     12.5%     1,982     12.3%  

Commercial and industrial

    4,330     9.7%     3,936     10.9%     3,587     12.3%     2,811     11.2%     2,163     11.9%  

Other income producing property

    2,375     6.3%     1,890     6.1%     1,568     5.9%     1,428     6.5%     1,302     6.1%  

Consumer

    1,258     3.1%     1,511     4.1%     1,594     5.7%     1,768     7.5%     1,762     8.4%  

Other loans

    200     0.4%     454     1.0%     584     1.6%     498     1.3%     641     1.3%  
                                                     
 

Total loans

  $ 37,488     100.0%   $ 31,525     100.0%   $ 26,570     100.0%   $ 22,668     100.0%   $ 20,025     100.0%  
                                                     

*
Loan balance in each category, expressed as a percentage of total loans

        The Office of the Comptroller of the Currency recommends that banks take a broad view of certain factors in evaluating their allowance for loan losses. These factors include loan loss experience, specific allocations and other subjective factors. In our ongoing consideration of such factors, we consider our allowance for loan losses to be adequate. The following table presents changes in the allowance for loan losses for the five years at December 31:

54


Table of Contents

Table 12—Summary of Loan Loss Experience

 
  Years Ended December 31,  
(Dollars in thousands)
  2009   2008   2007   2006   2005  

Allowance for loan losses at January 1

  $ 31,525   $ 26,570   $ 22,668   $ 20,025   $ 14,470  

Charge-offs:

                               
 

Real estate:

                               
   

Commercial non-owner occupied

    (12,736 )   (1,532 )   (446 )   (798 )   (459 )
   

Consumer

    (3,340 )   (1,263 )   (374 )   (170 )   (124 )
 

Commercial owner occupied real estate

    (571 )   (61 )       (43 )   (143 )
 

Commercial and industrial

    (2,528 )   (1,449 )   (682 )   (454 )   (550 )
 

Other income producing property

    (867 )   (185 )   (84 )   (418 )   (123 )
 

Consumer*

    (2,005 )   (2,263 )   (1,738 )   (1,553 )   (451 )
 

Other loans

    (3 )   (1 )   (1 )   (2 )    
                       
   

Total charge-offs

    (22,050 )   (6,754 )   (3,325 )   (3,438 )   (1,850 )
                       

Recoveries:

                               
 

Real estate:

                               
   

Commercial non-owner occupied

    381     103     99     54     82  
   

Consumer

    38     94     28     31     25  
 

Commercial owner occupied real estate

    4     11         6      
 

Commercial and industrial

    192     140     254     199     124  
 

Other income producing property

    3     4     22     60      
 

Consumer*

    681     620     605     463     152  
 

Other loans

    2     1              
                       
   

Total recoveries

    1,301     973     1,008     813     383  
                       

Net charge-offs

    (20,749 )   (5,781 )   (2,317 )   (2,625 )   (1,467 )
                       

Provision for loan losses

    26,712     10,736     4,384     5,268     4,907  

Allowance from acquisition

            1,835         2,115  
                       

Allowance for loan losses at December 31

  $ 37,488   $ 31,525   $ 26,570   $ 22,668   $ 20,025  
                       

Average loans, net of unearned income**

  $ 2,248,568   $ 2,220,448   $ 1,823,196   $ 1,646,906   $ 1,313,796  

Ratio of net charge-offs to average loans, net of unearned income*

    0.92 %   0.26 %   0.13 %   0.16 %   0.16 %

Allowance for loan losses as a percentage of total loans

    1.70 %   1.36 %   1.28 %   1.29 %   1.30 %

*
Net charge-offs at December 31, 2009, 2008, 2007 and 2006 include automated overdraft protection ("AOP") principal net charge-offs of $572,000, $559,000, $760,000 and $729,000, respectively, that are included in the consumer classification above. At December 31, 2005, AOP principal net charge-offs were estimated at $692,000. For comparability, the ratio of net charge-offs to average loans, net of unearned income, for 2005 is adjusted to include the estimated AOP principal net charge-offs.

**
Average loans, net of unearned income does not include loans held for sale.

55


Table of Contents

        The higher provision in 2009 reflects higher net charge-offs than in 2008. The following provides highlights for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008:

    Total charge-offs increased $15.0 million, or 258.9% for the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to a $3.4 million, or 103.1%, increase for the comparable year in 2008. A majority of the increase in total charge-offs between December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008 was in commercial real estate charge-offs of $10.9 million; consumer real estate charge-offs of $2.1 million; and commercial and industrial charge-offs of $1.0 million.

    Management currently expects net charge-offs to increase during 2010 given the economic environment, pressures within the real estate market and the rise in unemployment. Over the past three years, the dollar amount of charge-offs has increased substantially, while the loan portfolio has increased as well. The ratio of charge-offs to average loans increased to 0.92% at the end of 2009 compared to 0.26% at the end of 2008.

        The provision for loan losses as a percent of average loans reflects an increase due to the increase in our nonperforming assets and an increase in net charge-offs during 2009 compared to 2008. Thirty-three percent of the charge-off amount for 2009 is comprised of 10 loans ranging from approximately $382,000 to $1.7 million. Included in these 10 largest charge offs were four loan charge offs related to Silverton Bank Loan Participations (see separate discussion on page 53) and they comprised approximately 21% of total net charge-offs for 2009. Of the total net charge-offs during 2009, 60%, or $12.4 million, were in commercial real estate lending which includes construction and land development loans, 16%, or $3.3 million, were in consumer real estate loans which include home equity loans, 11%, or $2.3 million, in commercial and industrial loans, and 6%, or $1.3 million, in consumer loans which includes overdraft and NSF loans. This compares to 2008 when the amount of charge offs in all categories were substantially less than 2009, except for the consumer loans where net charge-offs declined by approximately $318,000. We continue to aggressively charge off loans resulting from the decline in the appraised value of the underlying collateral (real estate) and the overall concern that borrowers will be unable to meet the contractual payments of principal and interest. Additionally, there continues to be concern about the economy as a whole and the market conditions throughout the Southeast during 2009 and into 2010. With the continued rise in NPLs during the fourth quarter of 2009, the ratio of the allowance to cover these loans decreased from 211.3% at December 31, 2008 to 75.4% at December 31, 2009.

        We increased the ALLL for the fourth quarter of 2009 compared to the fourth quarter of 2008 due to the increase in risk within the overall loan portfolio both on a general and specific basis. On a general basis, we consider three-year historical loss rates, economic risk, model risk and operational risk when determining the ALLL. All of these factors are reviewed and/or adjusted each reporting period to account for management's assessment of loss within the loan portfolio.

        The three-year historical loss rate on an overall basis increased from December 31, 2008 due to the increase in loan losses we experienced during 2009. This resulted in the need for a higher ALLL, given the rise in losses throughout the portfolio.

        Economic risk increased during 2009 as compared to 2008 due to rise in unemployment, rise in foreclosures, and the decline in home sales within our markets. These trends have continued throughout 2009 and into 2010.

        Model risk has remained constant through December 31, 2009. This risk comes from the fact that our ALLL model is not all- inclusive. Risk inherent with new products, new markets, and timeliness of information are examples of this type of exposure. Management has not yet had any significant changes or evidence from independent credit review which would warrant a change in this risk factor, therefore, this component of our model did not significantly impact the provision for loan losses through December 31, 2009.

56


Table of Contents

        Operational risk consists of the underwriting, documentation, closing and servicing associated with any loan. This risk is managed through policies and procedures, portfolio management reports, best practices and the approval process. The risk factors evaluated include the following: exposure outside our deposit footprint, changes in underwriting standards, levels of past due loans, loan growth, supervisory loan to value exceptions, results of external loan reviews, our centralized loan documentation process and significant loan concentrations. We believe that the overall operational risk has slightly decreased during 2009, due primarily to the decrease in loans outstanding, reduced loan concentrations and reduced exposure outside our deposit footprint.

        On a specific reserve basis, the allowance for loan losses at December 31, 2009 increased by $1.8 million from December 31, 2008.

        Since December 31, 2008, the provision for loan losses remains elevated through the year ended December 31, 2009 due to the continued higher level of net charge offs, rising unemployment, weak real estate markets and the recessionary pressure within our markets. Offsetting this partially is the fact that we have experienced no net loan growth since the beginning of 2009, reduced the exposure outside of our depository footprint, and reduced our loan concentrations. Past due loans (more than 30 days) at December 31, 2009 have increased by approximately $2.8 million from the level at December 31, 2008.

Liquidity

        Liquidity refers to our ability to generate sufficient cash to meet our financial obligations, which arise primarily from the withdrawal of deposits, extension of credit and payment of operating expenses. Our Asset-Liability Management Committee ("ALCO") is charged with the responsibility of monitoring these policies, which are designed to ensure acceptable composition of asset/liability mix. Two critical areas of focus for ALCO are interest rate sensitivity and liquidity risk management. We have employed our funds in a manner to provide liquidity from both assets and liabilities sufficient to meet our cash needs.

        Asset liquidity is maintained by the maturity structure of loans, investment securities and other short-term investments. Management has policies and procedures governing the length of time to maturity on loans and investments. As reported in table 7, four percent of the investment portfolio contractually matures in one year or less, but an additional amount of securities could also be called or prepaid in this time horizon. This segment of the portfolio consists largely of government-sponsored enterprises securities, municipal obligations, and some agency mortgage-backed securities. Normally, changes in the earning asset mix are of a longer-term nature and are not utilized for day-to-day corporate liquidity needs.

        Our liabilities provide liquidity on a day-to-day basis. Daily liquidity needs are met from deposit levels or from our use of federal funds purchased, securities sold under agreements to repurchase and other short-term borrowings. We engage in routine activities to retain deposits intended to enhance our liquidity position. These routine activities include various measures, such as the following:

    Emphasizing relationship banking to new and existing customers, where borrowers are encouraged and normally expected to maintain deposit accounts with our bank,

    Pricing deposits, including certificates of deposit, at rate levels that will attract and/or retain balances of deposits that will enhance our bank's asset/liability management and net interest margin requirements, and

    Continually working to identify and introduce new products that will attract customers or enhance our bank's appeal as a primary provider of financial services.

        Several factors contributed to the increase in our liquidity position at December 31, 2009 from our position at December 31, 2008. During 2009, our loan portfolio declined by approximately

57


Table of Contents


$112.8 million, or about 5.1%. We also allowed a net decline in our investment securities portfolio primarily through not replacing prepayments, calls and some maturities of securities during the year ended December 31, 2009. This provided approximately $11.1 million in additional liquidity. In addition, over the last eight months of 2009, we increased our correspondent relationships with a select group of smaller financial institutions and thereby significantly increased our liquidity and funding sources. We also increased our liquidity position in May 2009 with the sale of 1,356,500 shares of our common stock in a public offering, resulting in net proceeds of $29.2 million. As a result of the increase in our liquidity position, at December 31, 2009 we had total cash and cash equivalents of $104.9 million as compared to $49.5 million at December 31, 2008.

        Subsequent to December 31, 2009, we acquired Community Bank & Trust in an FDIC-assisted deal which provided approximately $312.2 million in cash and cash equivalents at January 29, 2010. However, our liquidity position could be affected by potential run-off of deposits in these Northeast Georgia markets.

        At December 31, 2009, we had no brokered deposits, a reduction from $110.0 million at December 31, 2008, and the difference was largely made up by the loan portfolio run-off and decline in our investment securities portfolio. Compared to December 31, 2008, we decreased deposits as we allowed certificates of deposits to decline and decreased non-deposit sources of funding, especially other borrowings. Other borrowings declined due to repayments of some FHLB borrowings. To the extent that we do employ such non-deposit funding sources, typically to accommodate retail and correspondent customers, we continue to emphasize shorter maturities of such funds. Our approach may provide an opportunity to sustain a low funding rate or possibly lower our cost of funds but could also increase our cost of funds if interest rates rise.

        Our ongoing philosophy is to remain in a liquid position as reflected by such indicators as the composition of our earning assets, typically including some level of federal funds sold, balances at the Federal Reserve Bank, reverse repurchase agreements, and/or other short-term investments; asset quality; well-capitalized position; and profitable operating results. Cyclical and other economic trends and conditions can disrupt our bank's desired liquidity position at any time. We expect that these conditions would generally be of a short-term nature. Under such circumstances, our bank's federal funds sold position or balances at the Federal Reserve Bank, if any, serves as the primary source of immediate liquidity. At December 31, 2009, our bank had total federal funds credit lines of $336.0 million with no outstanding advances. If additional liquidity were needed, the bank would turn to short-term borrowings as an alternative immediate funding source and would consider other appropriate actions such as promotions to increase core deposits or the sale of a portion of our investment portfolio. At December 31, 2009, our bank had $47.6 million credit available at the Federal Reserve Bank's discount window, but had no outstanding advances as of the end of 2009. In addition, we could draw on additional alternative immediate funding sources from lines of credit extended to us from our correspondent banks and/or the Federal Home Loan Bank. At December 31, 2009, our bank had a total FHLB credit facility of $164.3 million with total outstanding advances of $107.0 million. We believe that our liquidity position continues to be adequate and readily available.

        Our contingency funding plan provides several potential stages based on liquidity levels. Our board of directors reviews liquidity benchmarks quarterly. Also, we review on at least an annual basis our liquidity position and our contingency funding plans with our principal banking regulator. Our subsidiary bank maintains various wholesale sources of funding. If our deposit retention efforts were to be unsuccessful, our bank would utilize these alternative sources of funding. Under such circumstances, depending on the external source of funds, our interest cost would vary based on the range of interest rates charged to our bank. This could increase our bank's cost of funds, impacting net interest margins and net interest spreads.

58


Table of Contents

Derivatives and Securities Held for Trading

        The Securities and Exchange Commission has adopted rules that require comprehensive disclosure of accounting policies for derivatives as well as enhanced quantitative and qualitative disclosures of market risk for derivatives and other financial instruments. The market risk disclosures are classified into two categories: financial instruments entered into for trading purposes and all other instruments (non-trading purposes). We do not maintain a derivatives or securities trading portfolio.

Asset-Liability Management and Market Risk Sensitivity

        Our earnings and the economic value of our shareholders' equity may vary in relation to changes in interest rates and in relation to the accompanying fluctuations in market prices of certain of our financial instruments. We use a number of methods to measure interest rate risk, including simulating the effect on earnings of fluctuations in interest rates, monitoring the present value of asset and liability portfolios under various interest rate scenarios, and, to a lesser extent, monitoring the difference, or gap, between rate sensitive assets and liabilities. The earnings simulation model takes into account our contractual agreements with regard to investments, loans, deposits, borrowings, and derivatives. While the simulation model is subject to the accuracy of the assumptions that underlie the process, we believe that such modeling provides a better illustration of the interest sensitivity of earnings than does static interest rate sensitivity gap analysis. The simulation model assists in measuring and achieving growth in net interest income by providing the Asset-Liability Management Committee ("ALCO") a reasonable basis for quantifying and managing interest rate risk. The simulations incorporate interest rate changes as well as projected changes in the mix and volume of balance sheet assets and liabilities. Accordingly, the simulations are considered to provide a measurement of the degree of earnings risk we have, or may incur in future periods, arising from interest rate changes or other market risk factors.

        During 2009, we entered into a forward starting interest rate swap agreement to manage interest rate risk due to periodic rate resets in our junior subordinated debt issued by SCBT Capital Trust II, an unconsolidated subsidiary of SCBT established for the purpose of issuing trust preferred securities. The agreement will allow us to hedge the subordinated debt against future interest rate increases by using an interest rate swap to effectively fix the rate to 5.85% on the debt beginning on June 15, 2010, at which time the debt will contractually convert from a fixed interest rate to a variable interest rate. This hedge expires on June 15, 2019.

        Our primary policy, established by ALCO and the board of directors, is to monitor exposure to interest rate increases and decreases of as much as 200 basis points ratably over a 12-month period. Our policy guideline prescribes 8% as the maximum negative impact on net interest income associated with a steady ("ramping") change in interest rates of 200 basis points over 12 months. We traditionally have maintained a risk position well within the policy guideline level. As of December 31, 2009, the earnings simulations indicated that the impact of a 200 basis point increase in rates over 12 months would result in an approximate 0.08% increase in net interest income—as compared with a base case unchanged interest rate environment. Certain key rates in the simulations model (such as federal funds at zero to 0.25%) are at unprecedented low levels that can decline very little, if at all, and remain a positive number. Consequently, the simulations in the declining-rate scenarios are viewed by us and many other depository institutions as being remote and not meaningful. Therefore, declining rate scenario simulations are not currently being used in our assessment and management of interest rate risk. The simulations indicate that our rate sensitivity is currently very slightly asset sensitive to the indicated change in interest rates over a one-year horizon. At December 31, 2008, SCBT's simulation model indicated that a 200 basis point increase in rates over the next 12 months would cause an approximate 1.85% increase in net interest income. Declining rate scenario simulations were not considered meaningful at December 31, 2008, because the same extraordinary low rate environment (federal funds at zero to 0.25%) that is explained above existed at the time. Actual results may differ

59


Table of Contents


from simulated results due to the timing, magnitude and frequency of interest rate changes and changes in market conditions or management strategies, among other factors. Also, economic and global factors may influence actual results, such as the nature and pace of the Federal Reserve's monetary policy activities (e.g., aggressive rate cuts tend to narrow margins for a period of time).

        The shape and non-parallel shifts of the fixed-income yield curve can also influence interest rate risk sensitivity. Therefore, we run a number of other rate scenario simulations to provide additional assessments of our interest rate risk posture. For instance, in our analysis at December 31, 2009, a moderately flattening yield curve would have a somewhat dampening effect on our slight asset sensitivity. A further steepening of the current yield curve would boost net interest margins and provide additional net interest income as compared to a static yield curve.

        In addition to simulation analysis, we use Economic Value of Equity ("EVE") analysis as an indicator of the extent to which our capital could change, given potential changes in interest rates. This measure assumes no growth in the balance sheet (no management influence) but does assume mortgage-related prepayments and certain other cash flows. It provides a measure of rate risk extending beyond the analysis horizon contained in the simulation analyses. The EVE model is essentially a discounted cash flow of all of SCBT's assets, liabilities, and derivatives. The difference represented by the present value of assets minus the present value of liabilities is defined as the economic value of equity. At December 31, 2009, SCBT's ratio of EVE-to-assets was 9.17% in a flat interest rate environment and 8.75% in a hypothetical environment where rates increased 200 basis points instantaneously.

Deposits

        We rely on deposits by our customers as a primary source of funds for the continued growth of our loan and investment securities portfolios. Customer deposits are categorized as either noninterest-bearing deposits or interest-bearing deposits. Noninterest-bearing deposits (or demand deposits) are transaction accounts that provide SCBT with "interest-free" sources of funds. Interest-bearing deposits include savings deposit, interest-bearing transaction accounts, certificates of deposits, and other time deposits. Interest-bearing transaction accounts include NOW, HSA, IOLTA, and Market Rate checking accounts.

        During 2009, we implemented a deposit campaign to focus on increasing core deposits (excluding certificates of deposits and other time deposits). The deposit campaign led to increases in demand deposits, savings deposits and interest-bearing deposits. Those increased core deposit balances helped offset a planned decline in certificate of deposit balances, which are higher cost funds to the bank.

        The following table presents total deposits for the five years at December 31:

Table 13—Total Deposits

 
  December 31,  
(Dollars in thousands)
  2009   2008   2007   2006   2005  

Demand deposits

  $ 346,248   $ 303,689   $ 315,791   $ 256,717   $ 250,899  
                       

Savings deposits

    163,348     141,379     137,129     76,734     76,609  

Interest-bearing deposits

    731,060     575,991     588,289     579,398     545,811  
                       

Total savings and interest-bearing

    894,408     717,370     725,418     656,132     622,420  
                       

Certificates of deposit

    863,507     1,131,828     886,330     793,540     599,673  

Other time deposits

    476     387     350     326     297  
                       

Total time deposits

    863,983     1,132,215     886,680     793,866     599,970  
                       

Total deposits

  $ 2,104,639   $ 2,153,274   $ 1,927,889   $ 1,706,715   $ 1,473,289  
                       

60


Table of Contents

        A decrease in certificates of deposits drove a lower balance in total deposits at December 31, 2009 compared to 2008. The following are key highlights regarding overall growth in total deposits:

    Total deposits decreased $48.6 million, or 2.3%, for the year ended December 31, 2009, driven largely by intended run-off in certificates of deposit as rates declined. For the year ended December 31, 2008, total deposits increased $225.4 million, or 11.7%.

    Noninterest-bearing deposits (demand deposits) increased by $42.6 million, or 14.0%, for the year ended December 31, 2009.

    Total savings and interest-bearing account balances increased $177.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2009. Savings deposits increased $22.0 million, or 15.5%, money market (Market Rate Checking) deposits decreased $141.8 million, or 50.9%, and other interest-bearing deposits (NOW, IOLTA, and other) increased $13.3 million, or 4.5%.

    Interest-bearing deposits increased by $155.1 million, or 26.9%, for the year ended December 31, 2009.

    At December 31, 2009, the ratio of savings, interest-bearing, and time deposits to total deposits was 83.5%, down slightly from 85.9% at the end of 2008.

        The following are key highlights regarding overall growth in average total deposits:

    Total deposits averaged $2.1 billion in 2009, an increase of 4.9% from 2008. This increase was attributed to growth in transaction and money market account balances and savings account balances to more than off-set the decline in certificate of deposits during 2009. Total deposits averaged $2.0 billion in 2008, an increase of 16.1% from 2007.

    Average interest-bearing transaction account deposits grew by $86.6 million, or 5.0%, in 2009 compared to 2008.

    Average noninterest-bearing demand deposits increased by $14.6 million, or 4.6%, in 2009 compared to 2008.

        The following table provides a maturity distribution of certificates of deposit of $100,000 or more for the next twelve months as of December 31:

Table 14—Maturity Distribution of Certificates of Deposits of $100 Thousand or More

 
  December 31,  
(Dollars in thousands)
  2009   2008   % Change  

Within three months

  $ 129,168   $ 191,515     -32.6%  

After three through six months

    127,468     148,575     -14.2%  

After six through twelve months

    173,592     147,478     17.7%  

After twelve months

    16,371     22,642     -27.7%  
                 

  $ 446,599   $ 510,210     -12.5%  
                 

Short-Term Borrowed Funds

        Our short-term borrowed funds consist of federal funds purchased and securities sold under repurchase agreements. Note 9, "Federal Funds Purchased and Securities Sold Under Agreements to Repurchase," in our audited financial statements provides a profile of these funds for the last three years at each year-end, the average amounts outstanding during each period, the maximum amounts outstanding at any month-end, and the weighted average interest rates on year-end and average balances in each category. Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase

61


Table of Contents


most typically have maturities within one to three days from the transaction date. Certain of these borrowings have no defined maturity date.

Capital and Dividends

        Our ongoing capital requirements have been met primarily through retained earnings, less the payment of cash dividends, and more recently raising additional common equity in the capital markets. As of December 31, 2009, shareholders' equity was $282.8 million, an increase of $37.9 million, or 15.5%, from $244.9 million at December 31, 2008. The increase reflects the issuance of 1,356,500 shares of common stock in a public offering during the second quarter of 2009 raising approximately $29.2 million in proceeds. Excluding the common stock issuance, shareholders' equity increased $8.6 million, or 3.5%, from December 31, 2008. Our equity-to-assets ratio increased to 10.47% at December 31, 2009 from 8.85% at the end of the comparable period of 2008.

        On January 16, 2009, pursuant to the CPP, we issued and sold 64,779 shares of Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series T, having a liquidation preference of $1,000 per share, along with a warrant to purchase 303,083 shares of our common stock, to the U.S. Treasury for an aggregate purchase price of $64.8 million. On May 20, 2009, we entered into a repurchase letter agreement with the U.S. Treasury, pursuant to which we repurchased all 64,779 shares of the preferred stock for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $64.8 million, which included accrued and unpaid dividends of approximately $45,000. On June 24, 2009, we entered into an agreement with the U.S. Treasury to repurchase the warrant that was issued to the U.S. Treasury in conjunction with the preferred stock. Pursuant to the terms of the agreement, we repurchased the warrant for a purchase price of $1.4 million. As a result of the warrant repurchase, we have repurchased all securities issued to the U.S. Treasury under the CPP.

        During the second quarter of 2009, we recognized a change in pension liability for plan curtailment in other comprehensive income which increased our shareholders' equity in the amount of $1.3 million. This was a result of management's decision to freeze the accrual of pension benefits effective July 1, 2009 in order to lower overhead.

        The Federal Reserve Board on March 1, 2005 announced changes to its capital adequacy rules, including the capital treatment of trust preferred securities. The Federal Reserve's new rules, which took effect in early April 2005, permit bank holding companies to treat outstanding trust preferred securities as Tier 1 Capital for the first 25 years of the 30 year term of the related junior subordinated debt securities. We issued $40,000,000 of these types of junior non-consolidated securities during 2005, positively impacting Tier I Capital. We did not issue trust preferred securities during the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007. (See Note 1 "Summary of Significant Accounting Policies" in the audited consolidated financial statements for a more detailed explanation of our trust preferred securities.)

        We are subject to certain risk-based capital guidelines that measure the relationship of capital to both balance sheet and off-balance sheet risks. Risk values are adjusted to reflect credit risk. Pursuant to guidelines of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, which are substantially similar to those promulgated by the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, Tier 1 capital must be at least fifty percent of total capital and total capital must be eight percent of risk-weighted assets.

        As an additional measure of capital soundness, the regulatory agencies have prescribed a leverage ratio of total capital to total assets. The minimum leverage ratio assigned to banks is between three and five percent and is dependent on the institution's composite rating as determined by its regulators.

62


Table of Contents

Table 15—Capital Adequacy Ratios

 
  December 31,  
(In percent)
  2009   2008   2007  

Tier 1 risk-based capital

    12.47     10.42     9.64  

Total risk-based capital

    14.42     12.34     10.89  

Tier 1 leverage

    9.89     8.54     8.42  

        Compared to December 31, 2008 our Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio and total risk-based capital ratio have increased because of the capital raised through the common stock issuance in May 2009. Our capital ratios are currently in excess of the minimum standards and furthermore continue to be in the "well capitalized" regulatory classifications.

        We pay cash dividends to shareholders from funds provided mainly by dividends received from our bank. Dividends paid by our bank are subject to certain regulatory restrictions. We must gain approval of the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency in order to pay dividends in excess of our bank's net earnings for the current year, plus retained net profits for the preceding two years, less any required transfers to surplus. As of December 31, 2009, approximately $23.0 million of the bank's retained earnings was available for distribution to SCBT as dividends without prior regulatory approval.

        The following table provides the amount of dividends and payout ratios for the years ended December 31:

Table 16—Dividends Paid to Shareholders

 
  Years Ended December 31,  
(Dollars in thousands)
  2009   2008   2007  

Shareholder dividend payments

  $ 8,177   $ 7,113   $ 6,227  

Dividend payout ratios

    74.66 %   40.93 %   29.17 %

        We retain earnings to have capital sufficient to grow our loan and investment portfolios and to support certain acquisitions or other business expansion opportunities. We pay cash dividends on common shares out of earnings generated by SCBT in the preceding quarter; therefore, our dividend payout ratio is calculated by dividing total dividends paid during 2009 by the total net income available to common shareholders reported in the fourth quarter of 2008, first quarter of 2009, second quarter of 2009 and third quarter of 2009.

        During 2009, we paid the U.S. Treasury cash dividends of $1.1 million on the preferred stock.

        In February 2004, SCBT's board of directors authorized a program with no formal expiration date to repurchase up to 250,000 of its common shares. We did not repurchase any shares under this program during 2009, 2008 and 2007. During 2009, 2008 and 2007, we redeemed 15,823, 6,074 and 2,474, respectively, of SCBT shares from officers at an average cost of $28.24, $33.10 and $37.40, respectively, under an approved program designed to facilitate stock option exercises or tax payments on vesting restricted stock under SCBT's stock incentive plans.

Asset Credit Risk and Concentrations

        The quality of our interest-earning assets is maintained through our management of certain concentrations of credit risk. We review each individual earning asset including investment securities and loans for credit risk. To facilitate this review, we have established credit and investment policies that include credit limits, documentation, periodic examination, and follow-up. In addition, we examine these portfolios for exposure to concentration in any one industry, government agency, or geographic location.

63


Table of Contents

Loan and Deposit Concentration

        We have no material concentration of deposits from any single customer or group of customers. We have no significant portion of our loans concentrated within a single industry or group of related industries. Furthermore, we attempt to avoid making loans that, in an aggregate amount, exceed 10 percent of total loans to a multiple number of borrowers engaged in similar business activities. At December 31, 2009 and 2008, there were no aggregated loan concentrations of this type. We do not believe there are any material seasonal factors that would have a material adverse effect on us. We do not have foreign loans or deposits.

Concentration of Credit Risk

        Each category of earning assets has a certain degree of credit risk. We use various techniques to measure credit risk. Credit risk in the investment portfolio can be measured through bond ratings published by independent agencies. In the investment securities portfolio, the investments consist of U.S. government-sponsored enterprise securities, tax-free securities, or other securities having ratings of "AAA" to "Not Rated". All securities, with the exception of those that are not rated, were rated by at least one of the major bond rating agencies. The credit risk of the loan portfolio can be measured by historical experience. We maintain our loan portfolio in accordance with credit policies that we have established.

        We consider concentrations of credit to exist when, pursuant to regulatory guidelines, the amounts loaned to a multiple number of borrowers engaged in similar business activities which would cause them to be similarly impacted by general economic conditions represents 25 percent of total risk-based capital. Based on this criteria, we had three such credit concentrations at December 31, 2009, including loans to borrowers engaged in other activities related to real estate, loans to religious organizations, loans to lessors of nonresidential buildings (except mini-warehouses).

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

        Through the operations of our bank, we have made contractual commitments to extend credit in the ordinary course of our business activities. These commitments are legally binding agreements to lend money to our customers at predetermined interest rates for a specified period of time. We evaluate each customer's credit worthiness on a case-by-case basis. The amount of collateral obtained, if deemed necessary by us upon extension of credit, is based on our credit evaluation of the borrower. Collateral varies but may include accounts receivable, inventory, property, plant and equipment, commercial and residential real estate. We manage the credit risk on these commitments by subjecting them to normal underwriting and risk management processes.

        At December 31, 2009, the bank had issued commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit and financial guarantees of $469.8 million through various types of lending arrangements, of which $355.8 million was at variable rates. We believe that we have adequate sources of liquidity to fund commitments that are drawn upon by the borrowers.

        In addition to commitments to extend credit, we also issue standby letters of credit, which are assurances to third parties that they will not suffer a loss if our customer fails to meet its contractual obligation to the third party. Standby letters of credit totaled $9.7 million at December 31, 2009. Past experience indicates that many of these standby letters of credit will expire unused. However, through our various sources of liquidity, we believe that we will have the necessary resources to meet these obligations should the need arise.

        Except as disclosed in this report, we are not involved in off-balance sheet contractual relationships, unconsolidated related entities that have off-balance sheet arrangements or transactions that could result in liquidity needs or other commitments that significantly impact earnings.

64


Table of Contents

Effect of Inflation and Changing Prices

        The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, which require the measure of financial position and results of operations in terms of historical dollars, without consideration of changes in the relative purchasing power over time due to inflation. Unlike most other industries, the majority of the assets and liabilities of a financial institution are monetary in nature. As a result, interest rates generally have a more significant effect on a financial institution's performance than does the effect of inflation. Interest rates do not necessarily change in the same magnitude as the prices of goods and services.

        While the effect of inflation on banks is normally not as significant as is its influence on those businesses which have large investments in plant and inventories, it does have an effect. During periods of high inflation, there are normally corresponding increases in money supply, and banks will normally experience above average growth in assets, loans and deposits. Also, general increases in the prices of goods and services will result in increased operating expenses. Inflation also affects our bank's customers and may result in an indirect effect on our bank's business.

Contractual Obligations

        The following table presents payment schedules for certain of our contractual obligations as of December 31, 2009. Long-term debt obligations totaling $143.6 million include advance agreements (borrowings) with the Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB) of Atlanta, junior subordinated debt and a subordinated term loan. The FHLB advances are collateralized by stock in the FHLB of Atlanta, HELOCs, and qualifying first mortgage residential loans and commercial real estate loans under a blanket-floating lien. Operating lease obligations of $42.2 million pertain to banking facilities and equipment. Certain lease agreements include payment of property taxes and insurance and contain various renewal options. Additional information regarding leases is contained in Note 20 to the audited consolidated financial statements.

Table 17—Obligations

(Dollars in thousands)
  Total   Less Than
1 Year
  1 to 3
Years
  3 to 5
Years
  More Than
5 Years
 

Long-term debt obligations*

  $ 143,624   $ 1,560   $ 45,206   $ 395   $ 96,463  

Operating lease obligations

    42,227     2,278     4,676     4,357     30,916  
                       

Total

  $ 185,851   $ 3,838   $ 49,882   $ 4,752   $ 127,379  
                       

*
Represents principal maturities.

Item 7A.    Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk.

        See "Asset-Liability Management and Market Risk Sensitivity" on page 59 in Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations for quantitative and qualitative disclosures about market risk.

Item 8.    Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.

        See Table 1 on page 39 for our unaudited quarterly results of operations and the pages beginning with F-1 for our audited consolidated financial statements.

Item 9.    Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure.

        Not applicable.

65


Table of Contents


Item 9A.    Controls and Procedures.

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

        As of December 31, 2009 (the "Evaluation Date"), we carried out an evaluation, under the supervision and with the participation of management, including our President and Chief Executive Officer and our Chief Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of SCBT's disclosure controls and procedures pursuant to Exchange Act Rule 13a-15. We applied our judgment in the process of reviewing these controls and procedures, which, by their nature, can provide only reasonable assurance regarding our control objectives. Based upon this evaluation, our President and Chief Executive Officer and our Chief Financial Officer concluded that SCBT's disclosure controls and procedures as of the Evaluation Date were effective to provide reasonable assurance regarding our control objectives.

Changes in Internal Controls

        There were no changes in our internal controls over financial reporting that occurred during our most recent fiscal quarter that materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal controls over financial reporting.

Management's Report on Internal Controls Over Financial Reporting

        We are responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. Management's assessment of the effectiveness of SCBT's internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2009 is included in Item 8 of this Report under the heading "Management's Report on Internal Controls Over Financial Reporting."

        Our independent auditors have issued an audit report on management's assessment of internal controls over financial reporting. This report entitled "Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm" appears in Item 8.

Item 9B.    Other Information.

        Not applicable.

66


Table of Contents


PART III

Item 10.    Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance.

        The information required by this item will be incorporated herein by reference to the information in SCBT's definitive proxy statement to be filed in connection with the our 2010 Annual Meeting of Shareholders under the caption "Election of Directors," in the fourth paragraph under the caption "The Board of Directors and Committees," in the subsection titled "Audit Committee" under the caption "The Board of Directors and Committees," in the subsection titled "Governance Committee" under the caption "The Board of Directors and Committees," and under the caption "Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance."

Item 11.    Executive Compensation.

        The information required by this item will be incorporated herein by reference to the information in SCBT's definitive proxy statement to be filed in connection with our 2010 Annual Meeting of Shareholders under the caption "Executive Compensation," including the sections titled "Compensation Discussion and Analysis," "Summary Compensation Table," "Grants of Plan Based Awards," "Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End," "Option Exercises and Stock Vested," "Pension Benefits," "Deferred Compensation Plan," "Compensation Committee Report," "Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change of Control," "Director Compensation," and "Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation."

Item 12.    Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters.

        The following table contains certain information as of December 31, 2009, relating to securities authorized for issuance under our equity compensation plans:

 
  A   B   C  
Plan Category
  Number of
securities to be
issued upon
exercise of
outstanding
options,
warrants, and
rights
  Weighted-
average exercise
price of
outstanding
options,
warrants, and
rights
  Number of
securities
remaining
available for
future issuance
under equity
compensation
plans (excluding
securities
reflected in
column "A")
 

Equity compensation plans approved by security holders

    348,575   $ 27.84     471,902  

Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders

    None     n/a     n/a  

        Included within the 471,902 number of securities available for future issuance in the table above are a total of 233,487 shares remaining from the authorized total of 363,825 under SCBT's Employee Stock Purchase Plan. All securities totals for the outstanding and remaining available for future issuance amounts described in this Item 12 have been adjusted to give effect to stock dividends paid on March 23, 2007, January 1, 2005 and December 6, 2002.

        Other information required by this item will be incorporated herein by reference to the information under the captions "Beneficial Ownership of Certain Parties" and "Beneficial Ownership of Directors and Executive Officers" in the definitive proxy statement of SCBT to be filed in connection with our 2010 Annual Meeting of Shareholders.

67


Table of Contents


Item 13.    Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence.

        The information required by this item will be incorporated herein by reference to the information under the caption "Certain Relationships and Related Transactions" in the definitive proxy statement of SCBT to be filed in connection with our 2010 Annual Meeting of Shareholders.

Item 14.    Principal Accounting Fees and Services.

        The information required by this item will be incorporated by reference to the information under the caption "Audit and Other Fees" in the definitive proxy statement of SCBT to be filed in connection with our 2010 Annual Meeting of Shareholders.

68


Table of Contents


PART IV

Item 15.    Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules.

    (a)
    1. The financial statements and independent auditors' report referenced in "Item 8—Financial Statements and Supplementary Data" are listed below:

      SCBT Financial Corporation and Subsidiary
      Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firms
      Consolidated Balance Sheets
      Consolidated Statements of Income
      Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders' Equity
      Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
      Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

      2. Financial Schedules Filed: None

      3. Exhibits

        In most cases, documents incorporated by reference to exhibits that have been filed with SCBT's reports or proxy statements under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 are available to the public over the Internet from the SEC's web site at http://www.sec.gov. You may also read and copy any such document at the SEC's public reference room located at 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549 under the Company's SEC file number (001-12669).

Exhibit No.   Description of Exhibit
  2.1   Agreement and Plan of Merger between SCBT Financial Corporation and TSB Financial Corporation, dated as of August 29, 2007 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on August 30, 2007)

 

3.1

 

Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of SCBT Financial Corporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 31, 2008)

 

3.2

 

Amended and Restated Bylaws of SCBT Financial Corporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 23, 2008)

 

3.3

 

Articles of Amendment to Articles of Incorporation of SCBT Financial Corporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 16, 2009)

 

4.1

 

Specimen SCBT Financial Corporation Common Stock Certificate (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 15, 2007)

 

4.2

 

Articles of Incorporation (included as Exhibit 3.1)

 

4.3

 

Bylaws (included as Exhibit 3.2)

 

4.4

 

Warrant to Purchase up to 303,083 Shares of Common Stock (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 16, 2009)

 

4.5

 

Form of Series T Preferred Stock Certificate (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 16, 2009)

 

10.1

 

First National Corporation Dividend Reinvestment Plan (incorporated by reference to exhibits filed with Registration Statement on Form S-8, Registration No. 33-58692)

69


Table of Contents

Exhibit No.   Description of Exhibit
  10.2*   First National Corporation Incentive Stock Option Plan of 1996 (incorporated by reference to the Registrant's Definitive Proxy Statement filed in connection with its 1996 Annual Meeting of Shareholders)

 

10.3*

 

First National Corporation 1999 Stock Option Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4 to the Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-8, Registration No. 333-33092)

 

10.4*

 

First National Corporation 2002 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-8, File No. 333-90014)

 

10.5*

 

SCBT Financial Corporation Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Appendix A to the Registrant's Definitive Proxy Statement filed in connection with its 2004 Annual Meeting of Shareholders)

 

10.6*

 

Executive Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.28 to the Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 15, 2005)

 

10.7

 

Indenture between SCBT Financial Corporation, as Issuer, and Wilmington Trust Company, as Debenture Trustee, dated as of April 7, 2005 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on April 13, 2005)

 

10.8

 

Guarantee Agreement between SCBT Financial Corporation and Wilmington Trust Company, dated as of April 7, 2005 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on April 13, 2005)

 

10.9

 

Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust among SCBT Financial Corporation, as Sponsor, Wilmington Trust Company, as Institutional Trustee, Wilmington Trust Company, as Delaware Trustee, and the Administrators named therein, including exhibits containing the related forms of the SCBT Capital Trust I Common Securities Certificate and the Preferred Securities Certificate, dated as of April 7, 2005 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on April 13, 2005)

 

10.10

 

Indenture between SCBT Financial Corporation, as Issuer, and Wilmington Trust Company, as Debenture Trustee, dated as of April 7, 2005 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on April 13, 2005)

 

10.11

 

Guarantee Agreement between SCBT Financial Corporation and Wilmington Trust Company, dated as of April 7, 2005 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on April 13, 2005)

 

10.12

 

Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust among SCBT Financial Corporation, as Sponsor, Wilmington Trust Company, as Institutional Trustee, Wilmington Trust Company, as Delaware Trustee, and the Administrators named therein, including exhibits containing the related forms of the SCBT Capital Trust II Common Securities Certificate and the Preferred Securities Certificate, dated as of April 7, 2005 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on April 13, 2005)

 

10.13

 

Employment Agreement between SCBT Financial Corporation and Thomas Bouchette, dated July 21, 2005 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on July 22, 2005)

 

10.14

 

Noncompete Agreement between SCBT Financial Corporation and Thomas Bouchette, dated as of July 21, 2005 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on July 22, 2005)

70


Table of Contents

Exhibit No.   Description of Exhibit
  10.15   Indenture between SCBT Financial Corporation and JPMorgan Chase Bank, National Association, as Trustee, dated as of July 18, 2005 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on July 22, 2005)

 

10.16

 

Guarantee Agreement between SCBT Financial Corporation and JPMorgan Chase Bank, National Association, dated as of July 18, 2005 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on July 22, 2005)

 

10.17

 

Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust among SCBT Financial Corporation, as Sponsor, JPMorgan Chase Bank, National Association, as Institutional Trustee, Chase Bank USA, National Association, as Delaware Trustee, and the Administrators named therein, including exhibits containing the related forms of the SCBT Capital Trust III Capital Securities Certificate and the Common Securities Certificate, dated as of July 18, 2005 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on July 22, 2005)

 

10.18

 

Form of SCBT Financial Corporation Restricted Stock Agreement for Restricted Stock Awarded to Directors under the SCBT Financial Corporation Stock Incentive Plan, effective as of May 27, 2004 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.28 to the Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 16, 2006)

 

10.19

 

Form of SCBT Financial Corporation Restricted Stock Agreement for Restricted Stock Awarded to Employees Under the SCBT Financial Corporation Stock Incentive Plan, effective as of May 27, 2004 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.29 to the Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 16, 2006)

 

10.20

 

Form of SCBT Financial Corporation Stock Option Agreement for Options Granted to Directors Under the SCBT Financial Corporation Stock Incentive Plan, effective as of May 27, 2004 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.30 to the Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 16, 2006)

 

10.21

 

Form of SCBT Financial Corporation Stock Option Agreement for Options Granted to Officers and Employees Under the SCBT Financial Corporation Stock Incentive Plan, effective as of May 27, 2004 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.31 to the Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 16, 2006)

 

10.22

 

Description of the 2006 Long-Term Retention and Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.15 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on November 7, 2006)

 

10.23

 

Amended and Restated South Carolina Bank & Trust Deferred Income Plan, executed on November 16, 2006, to be effective as of January 1, 2005 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on November 22, 2006)

 

10.24

 

Amended and Restated South Carolina Bank & Trust Non-Employee Directors Deferred Income Plan, executed on November 16, 2006, to be effective as of January 1, 2005 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on November 22, 2006)

 

10.25

 

Form of Agreement for Restricted Stock Issued Pursuant to the Long-Term Retention and Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.37 to the Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 15, 2007)

71


Table of Contents

Exhibit No.   Description of Exhibit
  10.26   Form of Registration Rights Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on October 28, 2008)

 

10.27*

 

Second Amended and Restated Employment and Noncompetition Agreement between SCBT Financial Corporation and Robert R. Hill, Jr., dated as of December 31, 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 6, 2009)

 

10.28*

 

Second Amended and Restated Employment and Non-Competition Agreement between SCBT Financial Corporation and Thomas S. Camp, dated and effective as of December 31, 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 6, 2009)

 

10.29*

 

Second Amended and Restated Employment and Non-Competition Agreement between SCBT Financial Corporation and John C. Pollok, dated and effective as of December 31, 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 6, 2009)

 

10.30*

 

Second Amended and Restated Employment and Non-Competition Agreement between SCBT Financial Corporation and Richard C. Mathis, dated and effective as of December 31, 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 6, 2009)

 

10.31*

 

Second Amended and Restated Employment and Non-Competition Agreement between SCBT Financial Corporation and Joe E. Burns, dated and effective as of December 31, 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 6, 2009)

 

10.32*

 

Amended and Restated Employment and Non-Competition Agreement between SCBT Financial Corporation and John Windley, dated and effective as of December 31, 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.11 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 6, 2009)

 

10.33*

 

Amended and Restated Employment and Non-Competition Agreement between SCBT Financial Corporation and Dane Murray, dated and effective as of December 31, 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 6, 2009)

 

10.34*

 

Form of Amendment to the Supplemental Executive Retirement Agreements between SCBT, N.A. and Robert R. Hill, Jr., John C. Pollok, and Joe E. Burns effective as of December 30, 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 6, 2009)

 

10.35*

 

Form of Termination Letter for Supplemental Executive Retirement Agreements for Robert R. Hill, Jr., John C. Pollok, and Joe E. Burns, dated December 30, 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 6, 2009)

 

10.36*

 

Form of Amendment to the Supplemental Executive Retirement Agreements between SCBT, N.A. and Thomas S. Camp, Richard C. Mathis, Dane H. Murray, and John F. Windley, effective as of December 31, 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 6, 2009)

72


Table of Contents

Exhibit No.   Description of Exhibit
  10.37   Amendment to the 2004 Stock Incentive Plan, dated December 18, 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 6, 2009)

 

10.38

 

Letter Agreement dated January 16, 2009, including Securities Purchase Agreement, between SCBT Financial Corporation and the United States Department of the Treasury (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 16, 2009)

 

10.39

 

Form of Waiver, executed by each of Messrs. Robert R. Hill, Jr., John C. Pollok, John F. Windley, Thomas S. Camp, and Joe E. Burns (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 16, 2009)

 

10.40

 

Form of Letter Agreement, executed by each of Messrs. Robert R. Hill, Jr., John C. Pollok, John F. Windley, Thomas S. Camp, and Joe E. Burns with SCBT Financial Corporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 16, 2009)

 

10.41

 

Subordinated Term Loan Agreement and Note, dated as of September 19, 2008, among South Carolina Bank and Trust, N.A., as borrower and SunTrust Bank, as lender (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on September 23, 2008)

 

10.42

 

Form of Registration Rights Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on October 28, 2008)

 

10.43

 

Amended and Restated 2002 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on April 30, 2009)

 

10.44

 

Repurchase Letter Agreement, dated May 20, 2009, between the Registrant and the U.S. Department of Treasury (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on May 22, 2009)

 

10.45

 

Warrant Repurchase Letter Agreement, dated June 24, 2009, between the Registrant and the U.S. Department of Treasury (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on June 24 2009)

 

10.46

 

Employment and Noncompetition Agreement for Donald E. Pickett, effective January 22, 2010 (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 25, 2010)

 

10.47

 

Purchase & Assumption Agreement dated January 29, 2009 (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 2.1 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 4, 2010)

 

14.1

 

SCBT Code of Ethics (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 14 to the Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 12, 2004)

 

16.1

 

Letter dated March 21, 2008 from J.W. Hunt and Company LLP (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 16.1 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 21, 2008)

 

21

 

Subsidiaries of the Registrant

 

23.1

 

Consent of Dixon Hughes PLLC

 

23.2

 

Consent of J.W. Hunt and Company, LLP

73


Table of Contents

Exhibit No.   Description of Exhibit
  24.1   Power of Attorney (contained herein as part of the signature pages)

 

31.1

 

Rule 13a-14(a) Certification of the Principal Executive Officer

 

31.2

 

Rule 13a-14(a) Certification of the Principal Financial Officer

 

32

 

Section 1350 Certifications

*
Denotes a management compensatory plan or arrangement.

(b)
See Exhibit Index following the Annual Report on Form 10-K for a listing of exhibits filed herewith.

(c)
Not Applicable.

74


Table of Contents


SIGNATURES

        Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Columbia and State of South Carolina, on the 12th day of March, 2010.

  SCBT FINANCIAL CORPORATION
(Registrant)

 

By:

 

/s/ ROBERT R. HILL, JR.

Robert R. Hill, Jr.
President and Chief Executive Officer

        KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Robert R. Hill, Jr., his true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to this Annual Report on Form 10-K, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto attorney-in-fact and agent full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite or necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that attorney-in-fact and agent, or his substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

        Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities indicated.

Signature
 
Title
 
Date

 

 

 

 

 
/s/ ROBERT R. HILL, JR.

Robert R. Hill, Jr.
  President and Chief Executive Officer   March 12, 2010

/s/ JOHN C. POLLOK

John C. Pollok

 

Senior Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer

 

March 12, 2010

/s/ DONALD E. PICKETT

Donald E. Pickett

 

Executive Vice President and
Chief Financial Officer

 

March 12, 2010

/s/ JOE E. BURNS

Joe E. Burns

 

Senior Executive Vice President and Chief Risk Officer

 

March 12, 2010

/s/ KAREN L. DEY

Karen L. Dey

 

Senior Vice President and Controller

 

March 12, 2010

/s/ ROBERT R. HORGER

Robert R. Horger

 

Chairman of the Board of Directors

 

March 12, 2010

75


Table of Contents

Signature
 
Title
 
Date

 

 

 

 

 
/s/ JIMMY E. ADDISON

Jimmy E. Addison
  Director   March 12, 2010

/s/ LUTHER J. BATTISTE, III

Luther J. Battiste, III

 

Director

 

March 12, 2010

/s/ M. OSWALD FOGLE

M. Oswald Fogle

 

Director

 

March 12, 2010

/s/ DALTON B. FLOYD, JR.

Dalton B. Floyd, Jr.

 

Director

 

March 12, 2010

/s/ DWIGHT W. FRIERSON

Dwight W. Frierson

 

Director

 

March 12, 2010

/s/ HERBERT G. GRAY

Herbert G. Gray

 

Director

 

March 12, 2010

/s/ HARRY M. MIMS, JR.

Harry M. Mims, Jr.

 

Director

 

March 12, 2010

/s/ RALPH W. NORMAN

Ralph W. Norman

 

Director

 

March 12, 2010

/s/ ALTON C. PHILLIPS

Alton C. Phillips

 

Director

 

March 12, 2010

/s/ JAMES W. ROQUEMORE

James W. Roquemore

 

Director

 

March 12, 2010

/s/ THOMAS E. SUGGS

Thomas E. Suggs

 

Director

 

March 12, 2010

/s/ SUSIE H. VANHUSS

Susie H. VanHuss

 

Director

 

March 12, 2010

/s/ JOHN W. WILLIAMSON, III

John W. Williamson, III

 

Director

 

March 12, 2010

76


Table of Contents


EXHIBIT INDEX

Exhibit No.   Description of Exhibit
  21   Subsidiaries of the Registrant
  23.1   Consent of Dixon Hughes PLLC
  23.2   Consent of J.W. Hunt and Company, LLP
  31.1   Rule 13a-14(a) Certification of the Principal Executive Officer
  31.2   Rule 13a-14(a) Certification of the Principal Financial Officer
  32   Section 1350 Certifications

Table of Contents

GRAPHIC


MANAGEMENT'S REPORT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING

        Management of SCBT Financial Corporation (the "Company") is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. Management has assessed the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting using the criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).

        The Company's internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. The Company's internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the Company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the Company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the Company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisitions, use, or disposition of the Company's assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

        Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Therefore, even those systems determined to be effective can provide only reasonable assurance with respect to financial statement preparation and presentation. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

        Based on the testing performed using the criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO), management of the Company believes that the company's internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2009.

        The effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2009, has been audited by Dixon Hughes PLLC, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report which is included herein.

SCBT Financial Corporation
Columbia, South Carolina
March 12, 2010

www.SCBTonline.com
(803) 777-2265 -- P.O. Box 1030 -- Columbia, South Carolina -- 29202-1030

F-1


Table of Contents

GRAPHIC


REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders
SCBT Financial Corporation

        We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of SCBT Financial Corporation and subsidiary (the "Company") as of December 31, 2009 and 2008, and the related consolidated statements of income, changes in shareholders' equity and cash flows for the years then ended. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

        We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

        In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of SCBT Financial Corporation and subsidiary as of December 31, 2009 and 2008, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the years then ended in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

        As discussed in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, in 2009 the Company changed its method of accounting for other-than-temporary impairment of debt securities as a result of adopting new accounting guidance.

        We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the Company's internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2009, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO), and our report dated March 12, 2010 expressed an unqualified opinion.

GRAPHIC

Charlotte, North Carolina
March 12, 2010

F-2


Table of Contents

GRAPHIC


REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders
SCBT Financial Corporation

         We have audited SCBT Financial Corporation's (the "Company") internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2009, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. The Company's management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management's Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company's internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

         We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audit also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

         A company's internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company's internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company's assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

         Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

         In our opinion, SCBT Financial Corporation maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2009, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.

         We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated financial statements of SCBT Financial Corporation as of December 31, 2009 and 2008 and for the years then ended, and our report dated March 12, 2010, expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements. Our report refers to the fact that the Company changed its method of accounting for other-than-temporary impairment of debt securities as a result of adopting new accounting guidance.

GRAPHIC

Charlotte, North Carolina
March 12, 2010

F-3


Table of Contents


REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and
Shareholders of SCBT Financial Corporation

        We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of income, changes in shareholders' equity, and cash flows of SCBT Financial Corporation and subsidiaries (the "Company") for the year ended December 31, 2007. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audit.

        We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

        In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the results of operations and cash flows of SCBT Financial Corporation and subsidiaries for the year ended December 31, 2007, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

/s/ J.W. Hunt and Company, LLP

Columbia, South Carolina
March 17, 2008

F-4


Table of Contents


SCBT Financial Corporation and Subsidiary

Consolidated Balance Sheets

(Dollars in thousands, except par value)

 
  December 31,  
 
  2009   2008  

ASSETS

             

Cash and cash equivalents:

             
 

Cash and due from banks

  $ 80,523   $ 47,024  
 

Interest-bearing deposits with banks

    174     1,441  
 

Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell

    24,211     1,000  
           
   

Total cash and cash equivalents

    104,908     49,465  
           

Investment securities:

             
 

Securities held to maturity (fair value of $21,901 and $23,577, respectively)

    21,538     24,228  
 

Securities available for sale, at fair value

    173,303     183,220  
 

Other investments

    16,271     14,779  
           
   

Total investment securities

    211,112     222,227  
           

Loans held for sale

    17,563     15,742  
           

Loans

    2,203,238     2,316,076  
 

Less allowance for loan losses

    (37,488 )   (31,525 )
           
   

Loans, net

    2,165,750     2,284,551  
           

Premises and equipment, net

    71,829     66,392  

Goodwill

    62,888     62,888  

Other assets

    68,138     65,445  
           
   

Total assets

  $ 2,702,188   $ 2,766,710  
           

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY

             

Deposits:

             
 

Noninterest-bearing

  $ 346,248   $ 303,689  
 

Interest-bearing

    1,758,391     1,849,585  
           
   

Total deposits

    2,104,639     2,153,274  

Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase

    162,515     172,393  

Other borrowings

    143,624     177,477  

Other liabilities

    8,591     18,638  
           
   

Total liabilities

    2,419,369     2,521,782  
           

Shareholders' equity:

             
 

Preferred stock—$.01 par value; authorized 10,000,000 shares;

             
   

no shares issued and outstanding

         
 

Common stock—$2.50 par value; authorized 40,000,000 shares;

             
   

12,739,533 and 11,250,603 shares issued and outstanding

    31,849     28,127  
 

Surplus

    196,437     166,815  
 

Retained earnings

    59,915     59,171  
 

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

    (5,382 )   (9,185 )
           
   

Total shareholders' equity

    282,819     244,928  
           
   

Total liabilities and shareholders' equity

  $ 2,702,188   $ 2,766,710  
           

The Accompanying Notes are an Integral Part of the Financial Statements.

F-5


Table of Contents


SCBT Financial Corporation and Subsidiary

Consolidated Statements of Income

(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

 
  Years Ended December 31,  
 
  2009   2008   2007  

Interest income:

                   
 

Loans, including fees

  $ 131,770   $ 142,630   $ 135,608  
 

Investment securities:

                   
   

Taxable

    8,501     11,065     10,316  
   

Tax-exempt

    936     1,471     1,302  
 

Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell

    515     857     1,766  
 

Deposits with banks and money market funds

    76     52     207  
               
     

Total interest income

    141,798     156,075     149,199  
               

Interest expense:

                   
 

Deposits

    30,731     47,644     53,157  
 

Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase

    502     5,427     9,180  
 

Other borrowings

    5,975     7,227     6,185  
               
     

Total interest expense

    37,208     60,298     68,522  
               
 

Net interest income

    104,590     95,777     80,677  
 

Provision for loan losses

    26,712     10,736     4,384  
               
     

Net interest income after provision for loan losses

    77,878     85,041     76,293  
               

Noninterest income:

                   
 

Service charges on deposit accounts

    15,498     16,117     15,114  
 

Mortgage banking income

    6,552     3,455     3,596  
 

Bankcard services income

    5,043     4,832     4,136  
 

Trust and investment services income

    2,517     2,756     2,566  
 

Securities gains (losses), net

    82     (43 )   (460 )
 

Total other-than-temporary impairment losses

    (10,494 )   (9,884 )    
 

Portion of impairment losses recognized in other comprehensive income

    5,489          
               
 

Net impairment losses recognized in earnings

    (5,005 )   (9,884 )    
 

Other

    1,559     1,816     2,407  
               
     

Total noninterest income

    26,246     19,049     27,359  
               

Noninterest expense:

                   
 

Salaries and employee benefits

    40,787     42,554     39,312  
 

Net occupancy expense

    6,392     6,103     4,950  
 

Furniture and equipment expense

    6,049     6,246     5,758  
 

FDIC assessment and other regulatory charges

    5,449     1,837     871  
 

OREO expense and loan related

    5,641     1,759     883  
 

Advertising and marketing

    2,497     3,870     3,143  
 

Professional fees

    1,782     2,243     2,072  
 

Amortization of intangibles

    526     575     509  
 

Merger expense

        405     811  
 

Other

    14,523     14,204     13,093  
               
     

Total noninterest expense

    83,646     79,796     71,402  
               

Earnings:

                   
 

Income before provision for income taxes

    20,478     24,294     32,250  
 

Provision for income taxes

    6,883     8,509     10,685  
               
     

Net income

    13,595     15,785     21,565  
 

Preferred stock dividends

    1,115          
 

Accretion on preferred stock discount

    3,559          
               
     

Net income available to common shareholders

  $ 8,921   $ 15,785   $ 21,565  
               

Earnings per common share:

                   
 

Basic

  $ 0.74   $ 1.53   $ 2.33  
               
 

Diluted

  $ 0.74   $ 1.52   $ 2.32  
               

Dividends per common share

  $ 0.68   $ 0.68   $ 0.68  
               

Weighted average common shares outstanding:

                   
 

Basic

    12,061     10,301     9,275  
 

Diluted

    12,109     10,394     9,305  

The Accompanying Notes are an Integral Part of the Financial Statements.

F-6


Table of Contents


SCBT Financial Corporation and Subsidiary

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders' Equity

(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

 
  Preferred Stock   Common Stock    
   
  Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Loss
   
 
 
   
  Retained
Earnings
   
 
 
  Shares   Amount   Shares   Amount   Surplus   Total  

Balance, December 31, 2006

      $     8,719,146   $ 21,798   $ 92,099   $ 51,508   $ (3,517 ) $ 161,888  

Comprehensive income:

                                                 

Net income

                        21,565         21,565  

Other comprehensive income, net of tax effects

                                                 
 

Pension and retiree medical plan

                            347     347  
 

Net unrealized gain on securities available for sale, net of reclassification adjustment

                            1,683     1,683  
                                                 
   

Total comprehensive income

                                              23,595  

Cash dividends declared at $.68 per share

                        (6,227 )       (6,227 )

Stock options exercised

            12,830     32     226             258  

Employee stock purchases

            20,904     52     561             613  

Restricted stock awards

            34,890     87     (87 )            

Common stock repurchased

            (2,474 )   (6 )   (86 )           (92 )

Share-based compensation expense

                    1,002             1,002  

Common stock issued for TSB acquisition

            939,372     2,349     31,679             34,028  

Common stock dividend

            435,764     1,089     15,258     (16,347 )        
                                   

Balance, December 31, 2007

            10,160,432     25,401     140,652     50,499     (1,487 )   215,065  

Comprehensive income:

                                                 
 

Net income

                        15,785         15,785  

Other comprehensive income, net of tax effects

                                                 
 

Pension and retiree medical plan

                            (4,596 )   (4,596 )
 

Net unrealized loss on securities available for sale, net of reclassification adjustment

                            (3,102 )   (3,102 )
                                                 
   

Total comprehensive income

                                              8,087  

Cash dividends declared at $.68 per share

                        (7,113 )       (7,113 )

Stock options exercised

            14,087     35     262             297  

Employee stock purchases

            25,029     63     594             657  

Restricted stock awards

            47,129     118     (118 )            

Common stock repurchased

            (6,074 )   (15 )   (186 )           (201 )

Share-based compensation expense

                    1,379             1,379  

Common stock issued in private placement offering

            1,010,000     2,525     24,232             26,757  
                                   

Balance, December 31, 2008

            11,250,603     28,127     166,815     59,171     (9,185 )   244,928  

Comprehensive income:

                                                 
 

Net income

                        13,595         13,595  

Other comprehensive income, net of tax effects

                                                 
 

Pension and retiree medical plan

                            1,279     1,279  
 

Change in pension liability for plan curtailment

                            1,283     1,283  
 

Change in net unrealized gain on securities available for sale

                            4,795     4,795  
 

Noncredit portion of other-than-temporary impairment losses recognized in earnings

                            (3,540 )   (3,540 )

Change in unrealized losses on derivative financial instruments qualifying as cash flow hedges

                            (14 )   (14 )
                                                 
   

Total comprehensive income

                                              17,398  

Cash dividends on Series T preferred stock at annual dividend rate of 5%

        3,559                 (4,674 )       (1,115 )

Cash dividends declared at $.68 per share

                        (8,177 )       (8,177 )

Issuance of Series T preferred stock, net of issuance costs

    64,779     61,220             3,412             64,632  

Repurchase of Series T preferred stock and warrants

    (64,779 )   (64,779 )           (1,400 )           (66,179 )

Stock options exercised

            30,831     77     455             532  

Employee stock purchases

            27,991     70     496             566  

Restricted stock awards

            89,431     224     (224 )            

Common stock repurchased

            (15,823 )   (40 )   (406 )           (446 )

Share-based compensation expense

                    1,431             1,431  

Common stock issued in public offering

            1,356,500     3,391     25,858             29,249  
                                   

Balance, December 31, 2009

      $     12,739,533   $ 31,849   $ 196,437   $ 59,915   $ (5,382 ) $ 282,819  
                                   

The Accompanying Notes are an Integral Part of the Financial Statements.

F-7


Table of Contents


SCBT Financial Corporation and Subsidiary

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(Dollars in thousands)

 
  Years Ended December 31,  
 
  2009   2008   2007  

Cash flows from operating activities:

                   
 

Net income

  $ 13,595   $ 15,785   $ 21,565  
 

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

                   
   

Depreciation and amortization

    6,874     4,999     4,324  
   

Provision for loan losses

    26,712     10,736     4,384  
   

Deferred income taxes

    (2,925 )   (874 )   (705 )
   

Other-than-temporary impairment on securities

    5,005     9,884      
   

Loss on sale of securities available for sale

    (82 )   43     460  
   

Share-based compensation expense

    1,431     1,379     1,002  
   

Loss (gain) on sale of assets

    42     86     (38 )
   

Net accretion of discount on investment securities

    84     (339 )   (225 )
   

Net change in:

                   
     

Loans held for sale

    (1,822 )   1,609     5,885  
     

Accrued interest receivable

    1,252     1,628     (167 )
     

Prepaid assets

    (11,395 )   51     500  
     

Miscellaneous other assets

    6,887     (10,384 )   (240 )
     

Accrued interest payable

    (2,350 )   (1,807 )   (2,007 )
     

Accrued income taxes

    392     811     (712 )
     

Miscellaneous other liabilities

    (3,287 )   (2,646 )   296  
               
     

Net cash provided by operating activities

    40,413     30,961     34,322  
               

Cash flows from investing activities:

                   
 

Proceeds from sales of investment securities available for sale

    2,410     2,126     25,353  
 

Proceeds from maturities and calls of investment securities held to maturity

    2,686     3,925     3,645  
 

Proceeds from maturities of investment securities available for sale

    80,298     82,895     60,491  
 

Proceeds from sales of other investment securities

    451     2,338     4,502  
 

Purchases of investment securities available for sale

    (75,672 )   (59,809 )   (94,359 )
 

Purchases of investment securities held to maturity

        (6,679 )   (7,005 )
 

Purchases of other investment securities

    (1,943 )   (3,304 )   (6,715 )
 

Net (increase) decrease in customer loans

    92,088     (238,810 )   (168,370 )
 

Acquisition, net of cash acquired

            (2,462 )
 

Purchases of premises and equipment

    (6,337 )   (15,401 )   (8,463 )
 

Proceeds from sale of premises and equipment

    2     19     128  
               
     

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

    93,983     (232,700 )   (193,255 )
               

Cash flows from financing activities:

                   
 

Net increase (decrease) in deposits

    (48,635 )   225,383     52,370  
 

Net increase (decrease) in federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase and other short-term borrowings

    (31,350 )   (127,774 )   89,038  
 

Proceeds from FHLB advances

        205,400     210,000  
 

Repayment of FHLB advances

    (18,030 )   (167,535 )   (170,100 )
 

Preferred stock issuance, net of issuance costs

    64,632          
 

Preferred stock and common stock warrant repurchase

    (66,179 )        
 

Common stock issuance

    29,815     27,414     613  
 

Common stock repurchased

    (446 )   (201 )   (92 )
 

Dividends paid on preferred stock

    (1,115 )        
 

Dividends paid on common stock

    (8,177 )   (7,113 )   (6,227 )
 

Stock options exercised

    532     297     258  
               
     

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

    (78,953 )   155,871     175,860  
               

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

    55,443     (45,868 )   16,927  

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

    49,465     95,333     78,406  
               

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

  $ 104,908   $ 49,465   $ 95,333  
               

F-8


Table of Contents


SCBT Financial Corporation and Subsidiary

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows (Continued)

(Dollars in thousands)

 
  Years Ended December 31,  
 
  2009   2008   2007  

Supplemental Disclosures:

                   

Cash Flow Information:

                   

Cash paid for:

                   
 

Interest

  $ 39,557   $ 62,106   $ 70,224  
 

Income taxes

    6,642     13,879     11,708  

Schedule of Noncash Investing Transactions:

                   

Acquisitions:

                   
 

Fair value of tangible assets acquired

  $   $   $ 194,289  
 

Goodwill and other intangible assets acquired

            30,378  
 

Liabilities assumed

            (188,177 )
 

Common stock issued

            (34,028 )

Real estate acquired in full or in partial settlement of loans

    10,500     10,428     1,538  

The Accompanying Notes are an Integral Part of the Financial Statements.

F-9


Table of Contents

Note 1—Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Nature of Operations

        SCBT Financial Corporation (the "Company") is a bank holding company whose principal activity is the ownership and management of its wholly-owned subsidiary, SCBT, N.A., a nationally chartered bank operating (divisions) as South Carolina Bank and Trust, South Carolina Bank and Trust of the Piedmont ("Piedmont") and North Carolina Bank and Trust ("NCBT"). The bank provides general banking services within the State of South Carolina and Mecklenburg County of North Carolina. The accounting and reporting policies of the Company and its consolidated subsidiary conform with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. SCBT Capital Trust I and SCBT Capital Trust II are unconsolidated subsidiaries of the Company established for the purpose of issuing an aggregate of $20.0 million of trust preferred securities. SCBT Capital Trust III is an unconsolidated subsidiary of the Company established for the purpose of issuing an aggregate of $20.0 million of trust preferred securities. TSB Statutory Trust I is an unconsolidated subsidiary of the Company acquired in the TSB merger and established for the purpose of issuing an aggregate of $3.0 million of trust preferred securities. On November 30, 2007, the Company acquired TSB Financial Corporation, the parent company of The Scottish Bank, N.A. ("TSB"). On November 8, 2008, the Company merged TSB into SCBT, N.A. and changed its name to NCBT. On December 6, 2008, the Company merged Piedmont into SCBT, N.A. In addition, on January 29, 2009, SCBT, N.A. acquired all of the deposits except brokered deposits, certain other borrowings, and certain other assets of Community Bank & Trust ("CBT"), a full service Georgia-state-chartered community bank headquartered in Cornelia, Georgia in an FDIC-assisted transaction (see Note 30—Subsequent Events).

Basis of Consolidation

        The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and other entities in which it has a controlling financial interest. All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. Assets held by the Company in trust are not assets of the Company and are not included in the accompanying consolidated financial statements.

Segments

        The Company, through its subsidiary, provides a broad range of financial services to individuals and companies in South Carolina and North Carolina. These services include demand, time and savings deposits; lending and credit card servicing; ATM processing; and trust services. While the Company's decision makers monitor the revenue streams of the various financial products and services, operations are managed and financial performance is evaluated on an organization-wide basis. Accordingly, the Company's banking and finance operations are not considered by management to be more than one reportable operating segment.

Use of Estimates

        The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities as of the date of the consolidated balance sheet and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates. Material estimates that are particularly susceptible to significant change in the near term relate to the determination of the allowance for loan losses, fair value of financial instruments, evaluating other-than-temporary-impairment of investment securities, goodwill impairment tests and valuation of deferred tax assets.

F-10


Table of Contents

Note 1—Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

        In connection with the determination of the allowance for loan losses, management has identified specific loans as well as adopted a policy of providing amounts for loan valuation purposes which are not identified with any specific loan but are derived from actual loss experience ratios, loan types, loan volume, economic conditions and industry standards. Management believes that the allowance for loan losses is adequate. While management uses available information to recognize losses on loans, future additions to the allowance may be necessary based on changes in economic conditions. In addition, regulatory agencies, as an integral part of the examination process, periodically review the banking subsidiary's allowance for loan losses. Such agencies may require additions to the allowance based on their judgments about information available to them at the time of their examination.

Concentrations of Credit Risk

        The Company's subsidiary grants agribusiness, commercial, and residential loans to customers throughout South Carolina and North Carolina. Although the subsidiary have diversified loan portfolios, a substantial portion of their borrowers' abilities to honor their contracts is dependent upon economic conditions within South Carolina, North Carolina and the surrounding regions.

        The Company considers concentrations of credit to exist when, pursuant to regulatory guidelines, the amounts loaned to a multiple number of borrowers engaged in similar business activities which would cause them to be similarly impacted by general economic conditions represents 25% of total risk-based capital, or $76.8 million at December 31, 2009. Based on this criteria, the Company had three such credit concentrations at December 31, 2008, including $281.1 million of loans to borrowers engaged in other activities related to real estate, $95.0 million of loans to religious organizations and $80.3 million of loans to lessors of nonresidential buildings (except mini-warehouses).

Cash and Cash Equivalents

        For the purpose of presentation in the consolidated statements of cash flows, cash and cash equivalents include cash on hand, cash items in process of collection, amounts due from banks, interest bearing deposits with banks, purchases of securities under agreements to resell, and federal funds sold. Due from bank balances are maintained in other financial institutions. Federal funds sold are generally purchased and sold for one-day periods, but may from time to time have longer terms.

        The Company enters into purchases of securities under agreements to resell substantially identical securities typically for the purpose of obtaining securities on a short-term basis for collateralizing certain customer deposit relationships. Securities purchased under agreements to resell at December 31, 2009 and 2008 consisted of U.S. government-sponsored enterprises and mortgage-backed securities. It is the Company's policy to take possession of securities purchased under agreements to resell. The securities are delivered into the Company's account maintained by a third-party custodian designated by the Company under a written custodial agreement that explicitly recognizes the Company's interest in the securities. The Company monitors the market value of the underlying securities, including accrued interest, which collateralize the related receivable on agreements to resell. At December 31, 2009, these agreements were considered to be short-term investments with maturities of three months or less.

Investment Securities

        Debt securities that management has the positive intent and ability to hold to maturity are classified as "held to maturity" and carried at amortized cost. Securities not classified as held to maturity, including equity securities with readily determinable fair values, are classified as "available for

F-11


Table of Contents

Note 1—Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)


sale" and carried at fair value with unrealized gains and losses excluded from earnings and reported in other comprehensive income.

        Purchase premiums and discounts are recognized in interest income using methods approximating the interest method over the terms of the securities. Declines in the fair value of held-to-maturity and available-for-sale securities below their cost that are deemed to be other than temporary are reflected in earnings as realized losses. Gains and losses realized on sales of securities available for sale are determined using the specific identification method. The Company evaluates securities for other-than-temporary impairment ("OTTI") at least on a quarterly basis, and more frequently when economic or market concerns warrant such evaluation. In estimating OTTI losses, management considers: (1) the length of time and the extent to which the fair value has been less than cost, (2) the financial condition and near-term prospects of the issuers, (3) the outlook for receiving the contractual cash flows of the investments, (4) the anticipated outlook for changes in the general level of the interest rates, and (5) the intent and ability of the Company to retain its investment in the issuer for a period of time sufficient to allow for any anticipated recovery in fair value or for a debt security whether it is more-likely-than-not that the Company will be required to sell the debt security prior to recovering its fair value (see Note 4—Investment Securities).

        Other investments include stock acquired for regulatory purposes and trust preferred securities. Stock acquired for regulatory purposes includes Federal Home Loan Bank of Atlanta ("FHLB") stock and Federal Reserve Bank stock. These securities do not have a readily determinable fair value because their ownership is restricted and they lack a market for trading. As a result, these securities are carried at cost and are periodically evaluated for impairment. Trust preferred securities represent a minority investment in SCBT Capital Trust I, SCBT Capital Trust II, SCBT Capital Trust III, and TSB Statutory Trust I. These investments are recorded at cost and the Company receives quarterly dividend payments on these investments.

Loans Held for Sale

        Loans originated and intended for sale in the secondary market are carried at the lower of cost or estimated fair value in the aggregate. Estimated fair value is determined on the basis of existing forward commitments, or the current market value of similar loans. Net unrealized losses, if any, are recognized through a valuation allowance by charges to income.

Loans

        Loans that management has the intent and ability to hold for the foreseeable future or until maturity or pay-off generally are reported at their unpaid principal balances, less unearned income and net of any deferred loan fees and costs. Unearned income on installment loans is recognized as income over the terms of the loans by methods that generally approximate the interest method. Interest on other loans is calculated by using the simple interest method on daily balances of the principal amount outstanding.

        Loans are placed on nonaccrual status depending upon the type of loan, the past due status, and the collection activities in progress. Well-secured loans, in the process of collection, are allowed to remain on an accrual basis until they become 120 days past due. Partially secured loans are written down to the collateral value and placed on nonaccrual status on or before becoming 90 days past due. Unsecured commercial loans are charged off on or before the date they become 90 days past due. Closed end consumer loans and open end consumer loans are charged off or written down to the fair value of collateral on or before becoming 120 and 180 days past due, respectively. A nonaccrual loan may not be considered impaired if it is expected that the delay in payment is minimal. When a loan is

F-12


Table of Contents

Note 1—Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)


placed on nonaccrual status, previously accrued and uncollected interest is charged against interest revenue on loans. Interest payments are applied to the principal balance on nonaccrual loans.

        A loan is considered impaired when, in management's judgment, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect the scheduled payments of principal or interest when due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Factors considered by management in determining impairment include payment status, collateral value, and the probability of collecting scheduled principal and interest payments when due. Management determines when loans become impaired through its normal loan administration and review functions. Loans identified as substandard or doubtful as a result of the loan review process are potentially impaired loans. Loans that experience insignificant payment delays and payment shortfalls generally are not classified as impaired, provided that management expects to collect all amounts due, including interest accrued at the contractual interest rate for the period of delay. Impairment is measured on a loan by loan basis for commercial and construction loans by either the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan's effective interest rate, the loan's obtainable market price, or the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral dependent. Interest revenue on impaired loans is discontinued when the loans meet the criteria for nonaccrual status described above. Large groups of smaller balance homogeneous loans are collectively evaluated for loss and a general reserve is established accordingly.

Allowance for Loan Losses

        The allowance for loan losses is established for estimated loan losses through a provision for loan losses charged to earnings. Loan losses are charged against the allowance when management believes that the collectability of the principal is unlikely. Subsequent recoveries, if any, are credited to the allowance.

        The allowance for loan losses is evaluated on a regular basis by management and is based upon management's periodic review of the collectability of the loans in light of historical experience, the nature and volume of the loan portfolio, adverse situations that may affect the borrower's ability to repay, estimated value of any underlying collateral, and prevailing economic conditions. This evaluation is inherently subjective, as it requires estimates that are susceptible to significant revision as more information becomes available.

        The allowance consists of general and specific reserves. The general reserves are determined by applying loss percentages to the portfolio that are based on historical loss experience and management's evaluation and "risk grading" of the loan portfolio. Additionally, the general economic and business conditions affecting key lending areas, credit quality trends, collateral values, loan volumes and concentrations, seasoning of the loan portfolio, the findings of internal and external credit reviews and results from external bank regulatory examinations are included in this evaluation. The specific reserves are determined on a loan-by-loan basis based on management's evaluation of the Company's exposure for each credit, given the current payment status of the loan and the value of any underlying collateral. Management evaluates loans that are classified as either doubtful, substandard or special mention to determine whether or not they are impaired. For such loans that are also classified as impaired, an allowance is established when the discounted cash flows (or collateral value or observable market price) of the impaired loan is lower than the carrying value of that loan. Generally, the need for specific reserve is evaluated on impaired loans greater than $250,000.

        Although management uses available information to estimate losses on loans, because of uncertainties associated with local, regional, and national economic conditions, collateral values, and future cash flows on impaired loans, it is reasonably possible that a material change could occur in the

F-13


Table of Contents

Note 1—Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)


allowance for loan losses in the near term. However, the amount of the change that is reasonably possible cannot be estimated.

Rate Lock Commitments

        The Company enters into rate lock commitments to originate mortgage loans whereby the interest rate on the loan is determined prior to funding. Rate lock commitments on mortgage loans that are originated for resale are considered to be derivatives. The period of time between issuance of a loan commitment and closing and sale of the loan generally ranges from 10 to 60 days. For such rate lock commitments, the Company is protected from changes in interest rates through the use of best efforts forward delivery commitments, whereby an investor commits to buy the loan at the time the borrower commits to an interest rate with the intent that the investor has assumed the interest rate risk on the loan. As a result, the Company is not exposed to losses nor will it realize gains or losses related to its rate lock commitments due to changes in interest rates. Operational processes may create timing differences where the final delivery of a forward contract to purchase a loan may occur in the reporting period immediately following the period when the loan was originally closed. The market values of rate lock commitments and best efforts contracts are not readily ascertainable with precision because rate lock commitments and best efforts contracts are not actively traded. On January 1, 2008, the Company adopted the Securities and Exchange Commission's ("SEC") Staff Accounting Bulletin ("SAB") No. 109, Written Loan Commitments Recorded at Fair Value Through Earnings. The adoption of the bulletin did not have a material impact on the Company's results of operations.

Transfers of Financial Assets

        Transfers of financial assets are accounted for as sales when control over the assets has been surrendered. Control over transferred assets is deemed to be surrendered when (1) the assets have been isolated from the Company, (2) the transferee obtains the right (free of conditions that constrain it from taking advantage of that right) to pledge or exchange the transferred assets, and (3) the Company does not maintain effective control over the transferred assets through an agreement to repurchase them before their maturity. These transfers are (1) routine mortgage loan sales with no servicing retained and (2) occasionally loan participations.

Premises and Equipment

        Land is carried at cost. Office equipment, furnishings, and buildings are carried at cost less accumulated depreciation computed principally on the declining-balance and straight-line methods over the estimated useful lives of the assets. Leasehold improvements are amortized on the straight-line method over the shorter of the estimated useful lives of the improvements or the terms of the related leases including lease renewals only when the Company is reasonably assured of the aggregate term of the lease. Additions to premises and equipment and major replacements are added to the accounts at cost. Maintenance and repairs and minor replacements are charged to expense when incurred. Gains and losses on routine dispositions are reflected in current operations.

Intangible Assets

        Intangible assets consist primarily of goodwill and core deposit intangibles that result from the acquisition of other banks or branches from other banks. Core deposit intangibles represent the value of long-term deposit relationships acquired in these transactions. Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the sum of the estimated fair values of the tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired less the estimated fair value of the liabilities assumed. Goodwill has an indefinite useful

F-14


Table of Contents

Note 1—Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)


life and is evaluated for impairment annually, or more frequently if events and circumstances indicate that the asset might be impaired. An impairment loss is recognized to the extent that the carrying amount exceeds the asset's fair value. The goodwill impairment analysis is a two-step test. The first step, used to identify potential impairment, involves comparing each reporting unit's estimated fair value to its carrying value, including goodwill. If the estimated fair value of a reporting unit exceeds its carrying value, goodwill is considered not to be impaired. If the carrying value exceeds estimated fair value, there is an indication of potential impairment and the second step is performed to measure the amount of impairment.

        If required, the second step involves calculating an implied fair value of goodwill for each reporting unit for which the first step indicated impairment. The implied fair value of goodwill is determined in a manner similar to the amount of goodwill calculated in a business combination, by measuring the excess of the estimated fair value of the reporting unit, as determined in the first step, over the aggregate estimated fair values of the individual assets, liabilities and identifiable intangibles as if the reporting unit was being acquired in a business combination. If the implied fair value of goodwill exceeds the carrying value of goodwill assigned to the reporting unit, there is no impairment. If the carrying value of goodwill assigned to a reporting unit exceeds the implied fair value of the goodwill, an impairment charge is recorded for the excess. An impairment loss cannot exceed the carrying value of goodwill assigned to a reporting unit, and the loss establishes a new basis in the goodwill. Subsequent reversal of goodwill impairment losses is not permitted. Management has determined that the Company has one reporting unit.

        The Company's stock price has historically traded above its book value and tangible book value. However, during the year ended December 31, 2009, its stock price occasionally traded below book value, but always above tangible book value. During 2009, the lowest trading price for the Company's stock was $16.53, and the stock price closed on December 31, 2009 at $27.69, above book value and tangible book value. In the event the Company's stock were to trade below its book value at any time during the reporting period, the Company would perform an evaluation of the carrying value of goodwill as of the reporting date. Such a circumstance would be one factor in the Company's evaluation that could result in an eventual goodwill impairment charge. The Company evaluated the carrying value of goodwill as of April 30, 2009, its annual test date, and determined that no impairment charge was necessary. Additionally, should the Company's future earnings and cash flows decline and/or discount rates increase, an impairment charge to goodwill and other intangible assets may be required.

        Core deposit intangibles, included in other assets, consist of costs that resulted from the acquisition of deposits from other commercial banks or the estimated fair value of these assets acquired through business combinations. Core deposit intangibles represent the estimated value of long-term deposit relationships acquired in these transactions. These costs are amortized over the estimated useful lives of the deposit accounts acquired (generally 2 to 10 years) on a either (1) the straight-line method or (2) the accelerated basis method which reasonably approximates the anticipated benefit stream from the accounts. The estimated useful lives are periodically reviewed for reasonableness.

Advertising Costs

        The Company expenses advertising production costs as they are incurred and advertising communication costs the first time the advertising takes place. The Company may establish accruals for anticipated advertising expenses within the course of a current year.

F-15


Table of Contents

Note 1—Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

Comprehensive Income

        Accounting principles generally require that recognized revenue, expenses, gains and losses be included in net income. Although certain changes in assets and liabilities, such as (1) unrealized gains and losses on available-for-sale securities and (2) net change in unrecognized amounts related to pension and post-retirement benefits, are reported as a separate component of the equity section of the balance sheet, such items, along with net income, are components of comprehensive income (see Note 14).

Employee Benefit Plans

        The Company's defined benefit pension and other post retirement plans are accounted for in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") Accounting Standards Codification ("ASC") 715, Compensation—Retirement Benefits, which requires the Company to recognize the funded status in its statement of financial position. See Note 16 for defined benefit pension and Note 17 for the post retirement benefits plan. The expected costs of the plans are being expensed over the period that employees provide service. The provisions of FASB ASC 715 that eliminated the early measurement date option were effective for fiscal years ended after December 15, 2008 (see "Recent Accounting Pronouncements").

        The Employee Stock Purchase Plan ("ESPP") allows for a look-back option which establishes the purchase price as an amount based on the lesser of the stock's market price at the grant date or its market price at the exercise (or purchase) date. For the shares issued in exchange for employee services under the plan, the Company accounts for the plan under the FASB ASC 718, Compensation—Stock Compensation, in which the fair value measurement method is used to estimate the fair value of the equity instruments, based on the share price and other measurement assumptions at the grant date. See Note 18 for the amount the Company recognized as expense for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007.

        A summary of the Company's various employee benefit plans follows:

        Pension Plan—The Company and its subsidiary have a non-contributory defined benefit pension plan covering all employees hired on or before December 31, 2005, who have attained age 21, and who have completed one year of eligible service. The Company's funding policy is based principally, among other considerations, on contributing an amount necessary to satisfy the Internal Revenue Service's funding standards.

        Employee Savings Plan—The Company and its subsidiary have an employee savings plan, including Internal Revenue Code Section 401(k) provisions. Electing employees are eligible to participate after attaining age 21 and completing one year of eligible service. Plan participants elect to contribute portions of their annual base compensation as a before tax contribution. In 2005 and prior years, the Company matched 50% of these contributions up to a 6% employee contribution. Employer contributions may be made from current or accumulated net profits. Participants may elect to contribute an additional 1% to 6% (or higher, in certain cases) of annual base compensation as a before tax contribution with no employer matching contribution. In 2006, the Company continued its previous matching policy for employees hired before 2006 and who were age 45 and higher with five or more years of service. The Company has changed some of the provisions in its defined benefit plan and as a result of reduced benefits for certain employees, will match 100% of contributions up to 6% of salary of current employees under age 45 or with less than five years of service. Additionally, any employee hired in 2006 or thereafter will not participate in the defined benefit pension plan, but will receive the Company's 100% matching of their 401(k) plan contribution, up to 6% of salary. Effective

F-16


Table of Contents

Note 1—Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

April 1, 2009, the Company temporarily suspended the employer match contribution to all participants in the plan. Effective January 1, 2010, the Company reinstated the employer match so that participating employees would receive a 50% matching of their 401(k) plan contribution, up to 4% of salary.

        Retiree Medical Plan—Post-retirement health and life insurance benefits are provided to eligible employees, such benefits being limited to those employees of the Company eligible for early retirement under the pension plan on or before December 31, 1993, and former employees who are currently receiving benefits. The plan was unfunded at December 31, 2009, and the liability for future benefits has been recorded in the consolidated financial statements.

        ESPP—The Company has registered 363,825 shares of common stock in connection with the establishment of an Employee Stock Purchase Plan. The plan, which expires June 30, 2012, is available to all employees who have attained age 21 and completed six months of service. The price at which common stock may be purchased for each quarterly option period is the lesser of 95% of the common stock's fair value on either the first or last day of the quarter. The Company's shareholders approved the amendment and restatement of the ESPP at the Company's 2009 annual shareholder meeting.

Income Taxes

        Income taxes are provided for the tax effects of the transactions reported in the accompanying consolidated financial statements and consist of taxes currently due plus deferred taxes related primarily to differences between the basis of available-for-sale securities, allowance for loan losses, accumulated depreciation, net operating loss carryforwards, accretion income, deferred compensation, intangible assets, and pension plan and post-retirement benefits. The deferred tax assets and liabilities represent the future tax return consequences of those differences, which will either be taxable or deductible when the assets and liabilities are recovered or settled. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are reflected at income tax rates applicable to the period in which the deferred tax assets or liabilities are expected to be realized or settled. As changes in tax laws or rates are enacted, deferred tax assets and liabilities are adjusted through the provision for income taxes. The Company files a consolidated federal income tax return with its subsidiary.

        The Company recognizes interest and penalties accrued relative to unrecognized tax benefits in its respective federal or state income taxes accounts. As of December 31, 2009, there were no interest and penalties. The Company and its subsidiary file a consolidated United States federal income tax return, as well as income tax returns for its subsidiary in the state of South Carolina. The Company's filed income tax returns are no longer subject to examination by taxing authorities for years before 2006.

Share-Based Compensation Plans

        Compensation cost is recognized for stock options and restricted stock awards issued to employees. Compensation cost is measured as the fair value of these awards on their date of grant. A Black-Scholes model is utilized to estimate the fair value of stock options, while the market price of the Company's common stock at the date of grant is used as the fair value of restricted stock awards. Compensation cost is recognized over the required service period, generally defined as the vesting period for stock option awards and as the restriction period for restricted stock awards. For awards with graded vesting, compensation cost is recognized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period for the entire award.

F-17


Table of Contents

Note 1—Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

Earnings Per Share

        Basic earnings per share represents income available to common shareholders divided by the weighted-average number of shares outstanding during the year. Diluted earnings per share reflects additional shares that would have been outstanding if dilutive potential shares had been issued. Potential shares that may be issued by the Company relate solely to outstanding stock options, restricted stock (non-vested shares), and warrants, and are determined using the treasury stock method. Under the treasury stock method, the number of incremental shares is determined by assuming the issuance of stock for the outstanding stock options and warrants, reduced by the number of shares assumed to be repurchased from the issuance proceeds, using the average market price for the year of the Company's stock.

Derivative Financial Instruments

        The Company's interest rate risk management strategy incorporates the use of a derivative financial instrument, specifically an interest rate swap (cash flow hedge), to essentially convert a portion of its variable-rate debt to a fixed rate. Cash flows related to variable-rate debt will fluctuate with changes in an underlying rate index. When effectively hedged, the increases or decreases in cash flows related to the variable-rate debt will generally be offset by changes in cash flows of the derivative instrument designated as a hedge. This strategy is referred to as a cash flow hedge.

        By using derivative instruments, the Company is exposed to credit and market risk. If the counterparty fails to perform, credit risk is equal to the fair value gain in a derivative. When the fair value of a derivative contract is positive, this situation generally indicates that the counterparty is obligated to pay the Company, and, therefore, creates a repayment risk for the Company. When the fair value of a derivative contract is negative, the Company is obligated to pay the counterparty and, therefore, has no repayment risk. The Company minimizes the credit risk in derivative instruments by entering into transactions with high-quality counterparties that are reviewed periodically by the Company.

        The Company's derivative activities are monitored by its Asset-Liability Management Committee as part of that committee's oversight of the Company's asset/liability and treasury functions. The Company's Asset-Liability Management Committee is responsible for implementing various hedging strategies that are developed through its analysis of data from financial simulation models and other internal and industry sources. The resulting hedging strategies are then incorporated into the overall interest-rate risk management process.

        The Company recognizes the fair value of derivatives as assets or liabilities in the financial statements. The accounting for the changes in the fair value of a derivative depends on the intended use of the derivative instrument at inception. The change in fair value of the effective portion of cash flow hedges is accounted for in other comprehensive income rather than net income. Changes in fair value of derivative instruments that are not intended as a hedge are accounted for in the net income of the period of the change (see Note 29—Derivative Financial Instruments for further disclosure).

Reclassification

        Certain amounts previously reported have been reclassified to conform to the current year's presentation. Such reclassifications had no effect on net income and shareholders' equity.

F-18


Table of Contents

Note 1—Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

        In February 2010, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued Accounting Standards Update ("ASU") 2010-09 amending its guidance in FASB Accounting Standards Codification ("ASC") 855-10, Subsequent Events, to remove the requirement for Securities & Exchange Commission ("SEC") filers to disclose the date through which an entity has evaluated subsequent events. This change alleviates potential conflicts with current SEC guidance.

        In June 2009, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standard ("SFAS") No. 168, The FASB Accounting Standards Codification and the Hierarchy of Generally Accepted Accounting Principles, a replacement of FASB Statement No. 162. This statement modifies the Generally Accepted Accounting Principles ("GAAP") hierarchy by establishing only two levels of GAAP, authoritative and nonauthoritative accounting literature. Effective July 2009, the FASB Accounting Standards Codification ("ASC"), also known collectively as the "Codification," is considered the single source of authoritative U.S. accounting and reporting standards, except for additional authoritative rules and interpretive releases issued by the SEC. Nonauthoritative guidance and literature would include, among other things, FASB Concepts Statements, American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Issue Papers and Technical Practice Aids and accounting textbooks. The Codification was developed to organize GAAP pronouncements by topic so that users can more easily access authoritative accounting guidance. It is organized by topic, subtopic, section, and paragraph, each of which is identified by a numerical designation. FASB ASC 105-10, Generally Accepted Accounting Principles, became applicable beginning in third quarter of 2009. All accounting references have been updated, and therefore SFAS references have been replaced with ASC references except for SFAS references that have not been integrated into the codification.

        In April 2009, the FASB issued a FASB Staff Position ("FSP") 157-4, Determining Fair Value When the Volume and Level of Activity for the Asset or Liability Have Significantly Decreased and Identifying Transactions That Are Not Orderly. FASB ASC 820-10-65-4 in topic 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures, includes the transition and open effective date information related to this FSP. The guidance allows an entity to determine whether a market is not active for a financial asset, considered in relation to normal market activity for that asset, using a list of factors provided in the guidance to aid in making that assessment. If, after evaluating the relevant factors, the evidence indicates the market is not active, the entity would determine whether a quoted price in that market is associated with a distressed transaction. The determination of whether transactions are distressed should be based on the weight of the available evidence. The guidance provides illustrative circumstances that could indicate that a transaction is not orderly (i.e., distressed). More weight should be placed on transactions that are orderly and less weight placed on transactions that are not orderly. The guidance requires new disclosures relating to fair value measurement inputs and valuation techniques (including changes in inputs and valuation techniques). The guidance is effective for periods ending after June 15, 2009 with early adoption permitted. The Company had previously determined that transactions in the market for its pooled trust preferred securities were disorderly using guidance from ASC 820-10-35 to determining the fair value of a financial asset when the market for that asset is not active. Therefore the adoption of ASC 820-10-65-4 did not have a material impact on the Company's results of operations.

        In April 2009, the FASB issued FSP No. FAS 115-2 and FAS 124-2, Recognition and Presentation of Other-Than-Temporary Impairments. FASB ASC 320-10-65-1 in topic 320, Investments—Debt and Equity Securities, includes the transition and open effective date information related to this FSP. The guidance will change (1) the method for determining whether an OTTI exists for debt securities and (2) the amount of an impairment charge to be recorded in earnings. To determine whether an OTTI exists, an entity will assess the likelihood of selling the security prior to recovering its cost basis. This is a change

F-19


Table of Contents

Note 1—Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)


from the current requirement for an entity to assess whether it has the intent and ability to hold a security to recovery. If the entity intends to sell the debt security or it is more-likely-than-not that the entity will be required to sell the debt security prior to recovering its cost basis, the security should be written down to fair value with the full charge recorded in earnings. If the entity does not intend to sell the debt security and it is not more-likely-than-not that the entity will be required to sell the debt security prior to recovery, the security would not be considered other-than-temporarily impaired unless there are credit losses associated with the security. In that case: (1) where credit losses exist, the portion of the impairment related to those credit losses should be recognized in earnings; (2) any remaining difference between the fair value and the cost basis should be recognized as part of other comprehensive income. The entity will be required to present on the face of the income statement both the total of any OTTI loss, and the noncredit portion recorded in other comprehensive income as an adjustment thereto. The entity is required to provide enhanced disclosures, including its methodology and key inputs used for determining the amount of credit losses recorded in earnings. On adoption, the noncredit portion of an OTTI previously recognized in retained earnings should be reclassified to other comprehensive income as a cumulative effect adjustment if the entity does not intend to sell the debt security and it is not more-likely-than-not that the entity will be required to sell the security prior to recovery. The impairment model for equity securities is unaffected by this guidance. The guidance is effective for periods ending after June 15, 2009 with early adoption permitted. See Note 4—Investment Securities for the effect of the adoption of this guidance.

        In April 2009, the FASB issued FSP No. FAS 107-1 and APB 28-1, Interim Disclosures about Fair Value of Financial Instruments. FASB ASC 825-10-65-1 in topic 825, Financial Instruments, includes the transition and open effective date information related to this FSP. The guidance will increase the frequency of fair value disclosures from annual only to quarterly to provide financial statement users with more timely information about the effects of current market conditions on their financial instruments. The guidance requires public entities to disclose in their interim financial statements the fair value of all financial instruments within the scope of FASB ASC 825-10-50 as well as the method(s) and significant assumptions used to estimate the fair value of those financial instruments. The guidance is effective for periods ending after June 15, 2009 with early adoption permitted. While the Company expanded its disclosure in accordance with the guidance, its adoption did not have a material impact on the Company's results of operations.

        In April 2009, the FASB issued FSP No. FAS 141(R)-1, Accounting for Assets Acquired and Liabilities Assumed in a Business Combination That Arise from Contingencies. FASB ASC 805-10-65-1 in topic 805, Business Combinations, includes the transition and open effective date information related to this FSP. The guidance amends and clarifies the accounting for assets acquired and liabilities assumed in a business combination that arise from contingencies. Assets acquired and liabilities assumed in a business combination that arise from contingencies should be recognized at fair value on the acquisition date if fair value can be determined during the measurement period. If fair value can not be determined, companies should typically account for the acquired contingencies using existing guidance. Contingent consideration arrangements of an acquiree assumed by the acquirer as part of a business combination will be accounted for as contingent consideration by the acquirer. The guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008. The Company will prospectively apply the guidance to all business combinations completed on or after January 1, 2009.

        In June 2008, the FASB issued a FSP EITF 03-6-1, Determining Whether Instruments Granted in Share-Based Payment Transactions Are Participating Securities. FASB ASC 260-10-65-2 in topic 260, Earnings Per Share, includes the transition and open effective date information related to this FSP. The guidance applies to the calculation of earnings per share ("EPS") for share-based payment awards with rights to dividends or dividend equivalents. Unvested share-based payment awards that contain

F-20


Table of Contents

Note 1—Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)


nonforfeitable rights to dividends or dividend equivalents (whether paid or unpaid) are participating securities and shall be included in the computation of EPS pursuant to the two-class method. This guidance is effective for financial statements issued in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008. Adoption of this guidance did not have a significant impact on the Company's EPS calculation and related disclosures.

        In April 2008, the FASB issued FSP No. 142-3, Determination of the Useful Life of Intangible Assets. FASB ASC 350-30-65-1 in topic 350, Intangibles—Goodwill and Other, includes the transition and open effective date information related to this FSP. The guidance amends the factors an entity should consider in developing renewal or extension assumptions used in determining the useful life of recognized intangible assets. This new guidance applies prospectively to intangible assets that are acquired individually or with a group of other assets in business combinations and asset acquisitions. The guidance is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years and interim periods beginning after December 15, 2008.

        In February 2008, the FASB issued FSP No. FAS 157-2, Effective Date of FASB Statement No. 157. FASB ASC 820-10-65-1 in topic 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures, includes the transition and open effective date information related to this FSP. The guidance deferred the effective date of the disclosure requirement for nonfinancial assets and nonfinancial liabilities until the beginning the first quarter of 2009. The Company has adopted the guidance (see Note 24—Fair Value).

Note 2—Mergers and Acquisitions

        Subsequent to year-end on January 29, 2010, the Company acquired Community Bank & Trust ("CBT") in a Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation ("FDIC")-assisted deal. See Note 30—Subsequent Events for further disclosure.

        On November 30, 2007, the Company acquired in a merger 100% of the outstanding stock of TSB Financial Corporation ("TSB"), including its banking subsidiary, The Scottish Bank, headquartered in Charlotte, NC. The Scottish Bank was immediately converted to The Scottish Bank, National Association with the approval of the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency. The acquisition represented the Company's first initiative to expand outside the state of South Carolina. The Scottish Bank had four offices located in Charlotte and one loan production office (it is now closed) in Cornelius, NC (Lake Norman). The Scottish Bank operates as NCBT, a division of SCBT, N.A., the Company's sole bank subsidiary.

        Under terms of the agreement, TSB shareholders received aggregate consideration of 939,472 shares of SCBT common stock and approximately $10.0 million in cash, including the intrinsic value of TSB's stock options. The stock portion of the consideration was based upon a fixed exchange ratio of .993 shares of the Company's common stock for each of the outstanding shares of TSB common stock, which as of November 30, 2007 totaled 1,162,018 shares. Based upon the Company's five-day average closing stock price of $36.224, which was the average closing price of the Company's stock for two days before and two days after the definitive agreement of August 30, 2007, the transaction was valued at approximately $44.0 million in the aggregate.

        The transaction resulted in goodwill of $29.4 million and a core deposit intangible asset of $982,000. None of the goodwill is deductible for tax purposes and will be subject to impairment testing at least annually. The core deposit intangible is being amortized over a period of ten years.

        The results of operations of The Scottish Bank became part of the Company's Consolidated Statements of Income from the respective dates of acquisition.

F-21


Table of Contents

Note 2—Mergers and Acquisitions (Continued)

        The following table presents selected pro forma information of the Company as if the TSB acquisition had occurred on January 1, 2006.

(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)
  Years Ended
December 31,
2007
 

Net interest income

  $ 86,723  

Net income

    22,935  

Basic earnings per share

  $ 2.26  

Diluted earnings per share

  $ 2.26  

        As a part of the acquisition, the Company incurred certain merger costs related to the acquisition of TSB. Presented in the table below is the activity in accrued merger costs related to the TSB transaction:

(Dollars in thousands)
  Beginning
Balance
  Purchase
Adjustments
  Amounts
Charged to
Earnings
  Amounts
Paid
  Ending
Balance
 

Year ended December 31, 2008:

                               

Severance and related costs

  $ 491   $   $   $ (488 ) $ 3  

Professional fees

    680     (5 )       (675 )    

Contract termination costs

    105     (5 )       (100 )    

Other merger-related expenses

    125     (6 )       (119 )    
                       
 

Totals

  $ 1,401   $ (16 ) $   $ (1,382 ) $ 3  
                       

Year ended December 31, 2007:

                               

Severance and related costs

  $   $ 632   $ 378   $ (519 ) $ 491  

Professional fees

        1,104     18     (442 )   680  

Contract termination costs

            314     (209 )   105  

Other merger-related expenses

        50     101     (26 )   125  
                       
 

Totals

  $   $ 1,786   $ 811   $ (1,196 ) $ 1,401  
                       

        The remaining accrued merger costs reflected above were paid out during the first half of 2009. Severance and related costs included change in control payments. Professional fees primarily included investment banker fees, accountant fees, legal fees and transfer agent fees. Contract termination costs are the result of the early termination of service contracts with various service providers related to the acquisition of TSB.

Note 3—Restriction on Cash and Due from Banks

        The Banks are required to maintain a specified average amount of reserve funds in cash or on deposit with the Federal Reserve Bank. The average amount of such reserve funds at December 31, 2009 and 2008 was approximately $25,000 and $2.0 million, respectively.

F-22


Table of Contents

Note 4—Investment Securities

        The following is the amortized cost and fair value of investment securities held to maturity:

(Dollars in thousands)
  Amortized
Cost
  Gross
Unrealized
Gains
  Gross
Unrealized
Losses
  Fair
Value
 

December 31, 2009:

                         

State and municipal obligations

  $ 21,538   $ 391   $ (28 ) $ 21,901  
                   

December 31, 2008:

                         

State and municipal obligations

  $ 24,228   $ 84   $ (735 ) $ 23,577  
                   

        The following is the amortized cost and fair value of investment securities available for sale:

(Dollars in thousands)
  Amortized
Cost
  Gross
Unrealized
Gains
  Gross
Unrealized
Losses
  Fair
Value
 

December 31, 2009:

                         

Government-sponsored enterprises debt*

  $ 36,785   $ 166   $ (336 ) $ 36,615  

State and municipal obligations

    26,727     489     (411 )   26,805  

Mortgage-backed securities

    99,192     4,182     (106 )   103,268  

Trust preferred (collateralized debt obligations)

    12,042         (5,792 )   6,250  

Corporate stocks

    285     80         365  
                   

  $ 175,031   $ 4,917   $ (6,645 ) $ 173,303  
                   

December 31, 2008:

                         

Government-sponsored enterprises debt*

  $ 28,207   $ 465   $   $ 28,672  

State and municipal obligations

    11,449     8     (899 )   10,558  

Mortgage-backed securities

    130,009     3,510     (14 )   133,505  

Trust preferred (collateralized debt obligations)

    17,011         (6,928 )   10,083  

Corporate stocks

    369     35     (2 )   402  
                   

  $ 187,045   $ 4,018   $ (7,843 ) $ 183,220  
                   

*
Government-sponsored enterprises are comprised of debt securities offered by Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation ("FHLMC") or Freddie Mac, Federal National Mortgage Association ("FNMA") or Fannie Mae, Federal Home Loan Bank ("FHLB"), and Federal Farm Credit Banks ("FFCB").

F-23


Table of Contents

Note 4—Investment Securities (Continued)

        The following is the amortized cost and fair value of other investment securities:

(Dollars in thousands)
  Amortized
Cost
  Gross
Unrealized
Gains
  Gross
Unrealized
Losses
  Fair
Value
 

December 31, 2009:

                         

Federal Reserve Bank stock

  $ 5,987   $   $   $ 5,987  

Federal Home Loan Bank stock

    8,952             8,952  

Investment in unconsolidated subsidiaries

    1,332             1,332  
                   

  $ 16,271   $   $   $ 16,271  
                   

December 31, 2008:

                         

Federal Reserve Bank stock

  $ 4,337   $   $   $ 4,337  

Federal Home Loan Bank stock

    9,110             9,110  

Investment in unconsolidated subsidiaries

    1,332             1,332  
                   

  $ 14,779   $   $   $ 14,779  
                   

        The Company has determined that the investment in Federal Reserve Bank stock and Federal Home Loan Bank stock is not other than temporarily impaired as of December 31, 2009 and ultimate recoverability of the par value of these investments is probable.

        The amortized cost and fair value of debt securities at December 31, 2009 by contractual maturity are detailed below. Expected maturities will differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without prepayment penalties.

 
  Securities
Held to Maturity
  Securities
Available for Sale
 
(Dollars in thousands)
  Amortized
Cost
  Fair
Value
  Amortized
Cost
  Fair
Value
 

Due in one year or less

  $ 400   $ 401   $ 7,115   $ 7,219  

Due after one year through five years

    1,484     1,495     5,360     5,548  

Due after five years through ten years

    3,633     3,755     36,621     37,779  

Due after ten years

    16,021     16,250     125,935     122,757  
                   

  $ 21,538   $ 21,901   $ 175,031   $ 173,303  
                   

        There were no sales or transfers of held-to-maturity securities during 2009, 2008 or 2007. The following table summarizes information with respect to sales of available-for-sale securities:

 
  Years Ended December 31,  
(Dollars in thousands)
  2009   2008   2007  

Sale proceeds

  $ 2,410   $ 2,126   $ 25,353  
               

Gross realized gains

  $ 82   $ 340   $ 42  

Gross realized losses

        (383 )   (502 )
               

Net realized gain (loss)

  $ 82   $ (43 ) $ (460 )
               

        The Company sold its entire position in Freddie Mac preferred stock during 2008.

        The Company had 47 securities with gross unrealized losses at December 31, 2009. Information pertaining to securities with gross unrealized losses at December 31, 2009 and 2008, aggregated by

F-24


Table of Contents

Note 4—Investment Securities (Continued)


investment category and length of time that individual securities have been in a continuous loss position follows:

 
  Less Than Twelve Months   Twelve Months or More  
(Dollars in thousands)
  Gross
Unrealized
Losses
  Fair
Value
  Gross
Unrealized
Losses
  Fair
Value
 

December 31, 2009:

                         

Securities Held to Maturity

                         

State and municipal obligations

  $ 28   $ 4,308   $   $  
                   

  $ 28   $ 4,308   $   $  
                   

Securities Available for Sale

                         

Government-sponsored enterprises debt

  $ 336   $ 21,117   $   $  

State and municipal obligations

    13     3,281     398     4,400  

Mortgage-backed securities

    106     9,388          

Trust preferred (collateralized debt obligations)

            5,792     6,250  
                   

  $ 455   $ 33,786   $ 6,190   $ 10,650  
                   

December 31, 2008:

                         

Securities Held to Maturity

                         

State and municipal obligations

  $ 735   $ 17,944   $   $  
                   

  $ 735   $ 17,944   $   $  
                   

Securities Available for Sale

                         

Government-sponsored enterprises debt

  $   $   $   $  

State and municipal obligations

    899     10,014          

Mortgage-backed securities

    11     2,767     3     1,503  

Trust preferred (collateralized debt obligations)

    3,408     6,452     3,522     3,949  
                   

  $ 4,318   $ 19,233   $ 3,525   $ 5,452  
                   

        At December 31, 2009 and 2008, debt securities with unrealized losses have depreciated 12.0% and 16.8%, respectively, from their amortized cost basis. The unrealized losses in 2009 relate principally to some state and municipal obligations, government sponsored entities ("GSE") debentures and pooled trust preferred securities whose spreads have widened to U.S. Treasury securities in the midst of the current economic and liquidity environments. In analyzing an issuer's financial condition, management considers whether the securities are issued by the federal government or its agencies, whether downgrades by bond rating agencies have occurred, the results of reviews of the issuer's financial condition, and the issuer's anticipated ability to pay the contractual cash flows of the investments. The Company does not intend to sell the securities within the portfolio and it is not more-likely-than-not that the Company will be required to sell the debt securities, therefore, management does not consider these investments to be other-than-temporarily impaired at December 31, 2009. Management continues to monitor all of these securities with a high degree of scrutiny. There can be no assurance that the Company will not conclude in future periods that conditions existing at that time indicate some or all of these securities are other than temporarily impaired, which would require a charge to earnings in such periods.

        Management evaluates securities for OTTI at least on a quarterly basis, and more frequently when economic or market concerns warrant such evaluation. Consideration is given to (1) the length of time

F-25


Table of Contents

Note 4—Investment Securities (Continued)


and the extent to which the fair value has been less than cost, (2) the financial condition and near-term prospects of the issuer, (3) the outlook for receiving the contractual cash flows of the investments, (4) the anticipated outlook for changes in the general level of interest rates, and (5) the intent and ability of the Company to retain its investment in the issuer for a period of time sufficient to allow for any anticipated recovery in fair value or for a debt security whether it is more-likely-than-not that the Company will be required to sell the debt security prior to recovering its fair value.

        At December 31, 2009 and 2008, investment securities with a carrying value of $74.9 million and $68.6 million, respectively, were pledged to secure public deposits and for other purposes required and permitted by law. At December 31, 2009 and 2008, the carrying amount of the securities pledged to secure repurchase agreements was $74.4 million and $99.1 million, respectively.

        The following table presents a rollforward of the amount of credit losses on the Company's investment securities recognized in earnings for the year ended December 31, 2009 for debt securities held and not intended to be sold:

(Dollars in thousands)
   
 

Balance at beginning of period

  $  

Credit losses on debt securities for which other-than-temporary impairment was not previously recognized

       

PreTSL IX B-3

    699  

PreTSL X B-1

    1,882  

PreTSL X B-3

    528  

PreTSL XI B-1

    335  

PreTSL XIII B-2

    156  

PreTSL XIV

    307  

PreTSL XVI C

    1,015  
       
 

Subtotal

    4,922  

Additional credit losses on debt securities for which other-than-temporary impairment was previously recognized

     
       

Balance at end of period

    4,922  

Other-than-temporary impairment on equity securities

    83  
       
 

Net impairment losses recognized in earnings

  $ 5,005  
       

        During 2009, the Company evaluated its pooled trust preferred collateralized debt obligations ("TRUPs") for OTTI. As of June 30, 2009, the Company adopted FSP FAS 115-2 and FAS 124-2, Recognition and Presentation of Other-than-Temporary Impairments, in FASB ASC 320-10-65-1 which requires that credit-related OTTI on debt securities be recognized in earnings while noncredit-related OTTI on debt securities not expected to be sold be recognized in other comprehensive income. As a result of this analysis, the Company recorded $4.9 million in credit-related OTTI charges in earnings. These OTTI charges were taken on seven of the eight TRUPs, and ranged from $156,000 to $1.9 million per security. In addition, the Company recognized $3.5 million, or $5.5 million on a pre-tax basis, for the non-credit impairment associated with the same seven TRUPs in other comprehensive income (equity). An additional $83,000 OTTI charge was taken on equity securities.

        On at least a quarterly basis, the Company reviews its investment portfolio for indications of impairment. This review includes analyzing the length of time and the extent to which fair value has been lower than the cost, the financial condition and near-term prospects of the issuers on a specific collateral approach basis (discussed further below), including any specific events which may influence

F-26


Table of Contents

Note 4—Investment Securities (Continued)


the operations of those issuers. The Company evaluates its intent and ability to hold investments for a period of time sufficient to allow for any anticipated recovery in the market, including consideration of its investment strategy, its cash flow needs, liquidity position, capital adequacy and interest rate risk position. Additionally, the risk of further OTTI charges may be influenced by additional bank failures, prolonged recession of the U.S. economy, changes in real estate values, interest deferrals, and whether the federal government continues to provide financial assistance to financial institutions.

        The TRUPs represent beneficial interests in securitized financial assets that the Company analyzes within the scope of FASB ASC 320, Investments—Debt and Equity Securities, and are evaluated for OTTI using management's best estimates of future cash flows. If these estimated cash flows determine that it is probable an adverse change in the discounted present value of future cash flows has occurred, then an OTTI charge would be recognized in accordance with FASB ASC 320, Investments—Debt and Equity Securities. There is risk that continued collateral deterioration would result in the Company recording OTTI charges in the future.

        At December 31, 2009, the book value of the Company's TRUPs totaled $12.0 million with an estimated fair value of $6.3 million. One of these securities is a senior tranche (MMCaps I A) and the remaining seven securities are mezzanine tranches. As of March 31, 2009, all of these securities were downgraded by both Moody's and Fitch, except for the MMCaps I A security which is rated A3/AAA. Subsequent to December 31, 2009, Fitch has downgraded the TRUPs to "C" credit ratings.

        As of December 31, 2009, the following table provides detail of the Company's pooled TRUPs, which all have been in an unrealized loss position greater than twelve months:

 
   
  Current Information for the Securities   Deferral/Default Statistics  
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
  Excess Subordination(4)  
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
  Receiving
Principal/
Interest
Contractually
at 12/31/09?
  Deferral/
Defaults
% of Total
Collateral
Balance(3)
 
(Dollars in thousands)
  Class   # of
Issuers
  Book
Value
  Fair
Value
  Unrealized
Loss
  Credit
Ratings(1)
  Amount   % of
Current
Performing
Collateral
 

PreTSL IX B-3

  Mezzanine     44   $ 2,283   $ 944   $ (1,339 ) Ca/CC     Yes/Yes     28.1 % $     0.0 %

PreTSL X B-1

  Mezzanine     53     1,649     547     (1,102 ) Ca/CC     Yes/No (2)   38.5 %       0.0 %

PreTSL X B-3

  Mezzanine     53     460     156     (304 ) Ca/CC     Yes/No (2)   38.5 %       0.0 %

PreTSL XI B-1

  Mezzanine     60     2,664     1,158     (1,506 ) Ca/CC     Yes/Yes     20.8 %   46,500     10.0 %

PreTSL XIII B-2

  Mezzanine     64     844     395     (449 ) Ca/CC     Yes/Yes     17.0 %   44,000     11.0 %

PreTSL XIV B-2

  Mezzanine     62     1,499     710     (789 ) Ca/CC     Yes/No (2)   18.7 %   38,000     10.0 %

PreTSL XVI C

  Mezzanine     46               Ca/CC     Yes/No (2)   31.7 %       0.0 %

MMCaps I A

  Senior     27     2,643     2,340     (303 ) A3/AAA     Yes/Yes     16.5 %   63,840     28.2 %
                                                     

Total

            $ 12,042   $ 6,250   $ (5,792 )                            
                                                     

Notes to table above:

(1)
Credit Ratings represent Moody's and Fitch ratings (S&P does not rate these securities).

(2)
Interest on this security is currently not being paid in cash, but is being added (capitalized) to the bond balance, a process known as a payment in kind ("PIK"). This is the result of a current, temporary interest shortfall being experienced due to the amount of deferrals/defaults within the given deal, and therefore, there is not enough interest available to pay the current interest on the given class of notes or breaching the principal coverage test of the class of notes immediately senior to the given class. The Company has three TRUPs, PreTSL X B-1, X B-3, and XVI C, which are fully PIKing. In addition, PreTSL XIV B-2 is partially PIKing.

F-27


Table of Contents

Note 4—Investment Securities (Continued)

(3)
This ratio represents the amount of specific deferrals/defaults that have occurred, plus those that are known or projected for the following quarters to the total amount of original collateral for a given deal. Fewer deferrals/defaults produce a lower ratio.

(4)
"Excess subordination" amount is the additional defaults/deferrals necessary in the next reporting period to deplete the entire credit enhancement (excess interest and over-collateralization) beneath our tranche within each pool to the point that would cause a "break in yield." This amount assumes that all currently performing collateral continues to perform. A break in yield means that our security would not be expected to receive all the contractual cash flows (principal and interest) by maturity. The "percent of current performing collateral" is the ratio of the "excess subordination amount" to current performing collateral—a higher percent means there is more excess subordination to absorb additional defaults/deferrals, and the better our security is protected from loss.

        When evaluating TRUPs for OTTI, the Company determines a credit-related portion and a noncredit-related portion. The credit-related portion is recognized in earnings and represents the net present value of the expected shortfall in future cash flows. The noncredit-related portion is recognized in other comprehensive income and represents the difference between the book value and the fair value of the security less the amount of the credit related impairment. A discounted cash flow analysis under FASB ASC 320, Investments—Debt and Equity Securities, provides the best estimate of credit-related OTTI for these securities. The determination of whether it is probable that an adverse change in estimated cash flows has occurred is evaluated by comparing the present value of the estimated cash flows previously projected (at September 30, 2009) with the present value of the projected remaining cash flows at December 31, 2009. The Company considers this cash flow analysis to be its primary evidence when determining whether credit-related OTTI exists.

        Results of a discounted cash flow test are significantly affected by other variables such as the estimate of future cash flows, credit worthiness of the underlying issuers and determination of the likelihood of defaults of the underlying collateral. Below is a description of the process employed by the Company in reviewing these TRUPs:

    I.
    Review of Individual Issuers/Banks

      Within each of the eight pooled trust preferred securities, the Company reviews each issuer (typically a bank or insurance company) individually. This review includes obtaining quarterly financial information and monitoring news releases and pertinent information relative to those issuers on a daily basis. The Company specifically reviews the financial ratios of asset quality (including Texas ratio analysis), capitalization, earnings trends, profitability, capital adequacy and participation in the Troubled Asset Relief Program of each issuer. The Company believes the "Texas Ratio ("TR")" is a prominent indicator of the stress a financial institution is experiencing. The information is compiled both on a specific issuer basis and on a pooled basis relative to each security. The TR is calculated by taking nonperforming assets and loans, including past due 90 days or more, divided by tangible equity plus loan loss reserve. Specifically, the Company accounts for defaults that have occurred, deferrals which have occurred, and then for deferrals/defaults for which we have specific information that indicates a deferral/default is likely to occur and create specific loss and recovery assumptions for each bank in these categories. In addition, the Company stratifies the pooled information for the performing issuers based upon the TR to assess the "at risk" issuers within each security. Based on the results of this analysis, the Company ensures that actual deferrals/defaults as well as forecasted deferrals/defaults of specific institutions are appropriately factored into the cash flow projections for each security. This review and analysis is used to support the deferral

F-28


Table of Contents

Note 4—Investment Securities (Continued)

      and default assumptions applied in the discounted cash flow analysis results described below in III.

    II.
    Break in Yield ("BIY")/Stress Analysis

      The Company receives and reviews analyses from outside analysts. This data provides the Company with an indication of how much more in immediate deferrals/defaults would trigger a BIY of the security. A BIY means that the TRUPs would not be expected to collect all contractual cash flows (principal and interest) by maturity. This BIY analysis does not project any future defaults; rather, it solves for the amount of deferrals that would trigger a BIY if the deferrals occurred at the next payment date. This stress analysis is used as an indicator which allows the Company to make reasonable judgments regarding the likelihood of the existence of OTTI at any reporting date. "Excess subordination" is considered by the Company to be the amount of immediate additional defaults/deferrals necessary to deplete the entire credit enhancement beneath our tranche within each pool to the point that results in a BIY. A declining ratio of excess subordination to performing collateral is an indicator of the need for additional review, such as comparing back to the credit quality of the pool of issuing banks.

    III.
    Discounted Cash Flow Analysis

      Next, management evaluates each of these securities under FASB ASC 325-40-65-1 and ASC 320-10-65-1, considering the context of our deemed likelihood (or not) of OTTI garnered from the review and analysis above. When performing this detailed cash flow analysis, management works with independent third parties to identify its best estimate of the cash flows to be collected over the life of the security, applying the deferral and default assumptions from the analysis in section I, "Review of Individual Issuers/Banks" above. If the estimated results of the present value of expected cash flows is less than the amortized cost basis of the security, an OTTI is considered to have occurred (a credit loss exists). If there is no credit loss, then any impairment is deemed to be temporary.

      The following assumptions were used at December 31, 2009:

      The Company assumes all currently existing defaults will have a 0% recovery rate, and all currently existing deferrals will default immediately and will have a 5% recovery rate after two years;

      Using information from the pool's trustee, the Company projects specific additional amounts of deferrals/defaults for institutions that are likely to defer or default but have not made public announcements as of the date of the analysis;

      Based upon a review of individual issuers/banks (see section I on page F-28), the Company forecasts future deferrals/defaults for each security;

      The Company assumes recoveries on future projected deferrals/defaults will be at an aggregate rate of 5% after two-years (a two-year lag);

      The Company assumes no prepayments by remaining performing issuers within these securities.

    IV.
    Review of Test Results and Analysis

      Both (Discounted Cash Flow Analysis and BIY/Stress Analysis) of the test results and analyses referenced above are reviewed together to allow management to arrive at a reasonable

F-29


Table of Contents

Note 4—Investment Securities (Continued)

      conclusion of the existence of OTTI at any point in time. Currently, this complete analysis is performed at the end of each reporting period when actual payments have been made by the trustee on each security and cash flows can be modeled, but the data for this analysis is gathered and considered each day as it becomes available.

        Based upon the analysis performed by management as of December 31, 2009, the Company deemed it probable that all contractual principal and interest payments on seven of the eight TRUPs, with MMCaps I A being the exception, will not be collected. The analysis on these seven TRUPs resulted in a $4.9 million credit-related OTTI charge during 2009.

Note 5—Loans and Allowance for Loan Losses

        The following is a summary of loans by category at December 31:

(Dollars in thousands)
  2009   2008  

Commercial non-owner occupied real estate:

             
 

Construction and land development

  $ 467,284   $ 535,638  
 

Commercial non-owner occupied

    303,650     330,792  
           
   

Total commercial non-owner occupied real estate

    770,934     866,430  

Consumer real estate:

             
 

Consumer owner occupied

    284,484     293,521  
 

Home equity loans

    248,639     222,025  
           
   

Total consumer real estate

    533,123     515,546  

Commercial owner occupied real estate

    469,101     423,345  

Commercial and industrial

    214,174     251,929  

Other income producing property

    137,736     141,516  

Consumer

    68,770     95,098  

Other loans

    9,400     22,212  
           
 

Total loans

    2,203,238     2,316,076  

Less, allowance for loan losses

    (37,488 )   (31,525 )
           
 

Loans, net

  $ 2,165,750   $ 2,284,551  
           

        At December 31, 2009 and 2008, net loans included a $1.1 million and $1.4 million, respectively, unamortized discount on loans acquired from TSB.

        An analysis of the changes in the allowance for loan losses for the years ended December 31 is as follows:

(Dollars in thousands)
  2009   2008   2007  

Balance at beginning of period

  $ 31,525   $ 26,570   $ 22,668  

Loans charged-off

    (22,050 )   (6,754 )   (3,325 )

Recoveries of loans previously charged-off

    1,301     973     1,008  
               
 

Net charge-offs

    (20,749 )   (5,781 )   (2,317 )

Provision for loan losses

    26,712     10,736     4,384  

Allowance acquired in business combination

            1,835  
               
 

Balance at end of period

  $ 37,488   $ 31,525   $ 26,570  
               

F-30


Table of Contents

Note 5—Loans and Allowance for Loan Losses (Continued)

        The following is a summary of information pertaining to impaired and nonaccrual loans at December 31:

(Dollars in thousands)
  2009   2008  

Impaired loans without a valuation allowance

  $ 16,202   $ 8,720  

Impaired loans with a valuation allowance

    18,508     8,817  
           

  $ 34,710   $ 17,537  
           

Valuation allowance related to impaired loans

  $ 4,041   $ 2,218  

Average of impaired loans during the year

  $ 26,124   $ 7,137  

Total nonaccrual loans

  $ 49,492   $ 14,624  

Total loans past due ninety days or more and still accruing

  $ 241   $ 293  

        Included in the balance sheet under the caption "Other assets" are certain real properties that were acquired as a result of completed foreclosure proceedings. Other real estate owned totaled $3.1 million and $6.1 million at December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively.

Note 6—Premises and Equipment

        Premises and equipment consisted of the following:

 
   
  December 31,  
(Dollars in thousands)
  Useful Life   2009   2008  

Land

        $ 21,034   $ 19,210  

Buildings and leasehold improvements

    15-40 years     52,406     50,474  

Equipment and furnishings

    3-10 years     30,674     24,866  

Construction in process

          180     180  
                 
 

Total

          104,294     94,730  

Less accumulated depreciation

          (32,465 )   (28,338 )
                 

        $ 71,829   $ 66,392  
                 

        Depreciation expense charged to operations was $5.9 million, $4.0 million, and $3.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008, and 2007, respectively.

        Computer software with an original cost of $3.1 million is being amortized using the straight-line method over thirty-six months. Amortization expense totaled $492,000, $439,000, and $361,000 for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008, and 2007, respectively.

Note 7—Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

        In accordance with FASB ASC 350, Intangibles—Goodwill and Other, the Company ceased amortization of goodwill as of January 1, 2002. The Company has determined that there has been no

F-31


Table of Contents

Note 7—Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets (Continued)


impairment of goodwill, based on analysis through December 31, 2009. The changes in the carrying amount of goodwill for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008 are as follows:

(Dollars in thousands)
   
 

Balance, December 31, 2007

  $ 61,709  

Increases (decreases) related to TSB acquisition:

       
 

Additional cash paid in lieu of fractional shares

    13  
 

Recognition of deferred tax liability (temporary difference) related to core deposit intangible asset

    332  
 

Reduction in accrued merger costs from initial estimate, net of tax

    (10 )
       
   

Total increases related to TSB acquisition

    335  

Recognition of deferred tax liability (temporary difference) related to core deposit intangible asset

       
 

in the Sun Bancshares, Inc. and New Commerce Bancorp acquisitions

    844  
       

Balance, December 31, 2009 and 2008

  $ 62,888  
       

        The Company adjusted goodwill during the first half of 2008 for certain items related to the TSB acquisition labeled above. Additionally, in April 2008, the Company also adjusted goodwill to correct an error in accounting related to the acquisitions of New Commerce Bancorp and Sun Bancshares, Inc. on April 8, 2005 and November 18, 2005, respectively. At the time of each acquisition, the Company should have recorded a deferred tax liability when recording its core deposit intangible assets related to the temporary difference between book and tax basis amortization. The adjustment resulted in an increase in goodwill of $844,000. The adjustment did not have an impact on the Company's results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2008.

        The Company's other intangible assets, consisting primarily of core deposit intangibles, are included in "Other assets". The following is a summary of gross carrying amounts and accumulated amortization of core deposit premium costs at December 31:

(Dollars in thousands)
  2009   2008  

Gross carrying amount

  $ 8,803   $ 8,803  

Accumulated amortization

    (5,996 )   (5,470 )
           

  $ 2,807   $ 3,333  
           

        Amortization expense totaled $526,000, $544,000, and $472,000 for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008, and 2007, respectively. Core deposit intangibles are amortized using either the straight-line method or the accelerated basis of their estimated useful lives, with lives generally between 2 and

F-32


Table of Contents

Note 7—Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets (Continued)


10 years. Estimated amortization expense for core deposit premium costs for each of the next five years is as follows:

(Dollars in thousands)
   
 

Years ending December 31:

       

2010

  $ 508  

2011

    490  

2012

    461  

2013

    443  

2014

    427  
       

  $ 2,329  
       

Note 8—Deposits

        The aggregate amount of time deposits in denominations of $100,000 or more at December 31, 2009 and 2008 was $446.6 million and $510.2 million, respectively.

        At December 31, 2009, the scheduled maturities of time deposits of all denominations are as follows:

(Dollars in thousands)
   
 

Years ending December 31:

       

2010

  $ 836,049  

2011

    23,019  

2012

    2,630  

2013

    1,035  

2014

    666  

Thereafter

    108  
       

  $ 863,507  
       

Note 9—Federal Funds Purchased and Securities Sold Under Agreements to Repurchase

        Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase generally mature within one to three days from the transaction date, but may have maturities as long as nine months. Certain of the borrowings have no defined maturity date. Securities sold under agreements to repurchase are reflected at the amount of cash received in connection with the transaction. The Company monitors the fair value of the underlying securities on a daily basis. Some securities underlying these agreements include arrangements to resell securities from broker-dealers approved by

F-33


Table of Contents

Note 9—Federal Funds Purchased and Securities Sold Under Agreements to Repurchase (Continued)


the Company. Information concerning federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase are below:

 
  December 31,  
 
  2009   2008   2007  
(Dollars in thousands)
  Amount   Rate   Amount   Rate   Amount   Rate  

At period-end:

                                     
 

Federal funds purchased and securities sold under repurchase agreements

  $ 162,515     0.26%   $ 172,393     0.28%   $ 296,186     3.73%  

Average for the year:

                                     
 

Federal funds purchased and securities sold under repurchase agreements

  $ 208,565     0.24%   $ 271,143     2.00%   $ 208,516     4.40%  

Maximum month-end balance:

                                     
 

Federal funds purchased and securities sold under repurchase agreements

  $ 256,908         $ 352,162         $ 296,186        

F-34


Table of Contents

Note 10—Other Borrowings

        The Company's other borrowings were as follows as of December 31:

(Dollars in thousands)
  2009   2008  

FHLB advances with various maturity dates (ranging from slightly more than one year to fourteen years), various contractual terms, and various repayment schedules with fixed rates of interest; net of discount of $31 and $59 in 2009 and 2008, respectively. 

  $ 80,326   $ 98,455  

SCBT Capital Trust III junior subordinated debt with a fixed interest rate of 5.92% for ten years and thereafter at a rate equal to the three-month LIBOR rate plus a spread of 159 basis points adjusted quarterly; matures on July 18, 2035, and can be called by the issuer without penalty on or after September 15, 2012 for the outstanding principal plus any accrued and unpaid interest. Guaranteed by the Company on a subordinated basis. 

   
20,619
   
20,619
 

Federal Reserve Bank ("FRB") Term Auction Facility advance with a fixed interest rate of 0.42%; matured on February 26, 2009. 

   
   
20,000
 

Subordinated Term Loan with a variable interest rate equal to the three-month LIBOR rate (0.25% at December 31, 2009) plus a spread of 350 basis points per annum, payable quarterly; matures on September 30, 2015; net of discount on loan fee of $210 and $221 at December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively. 

   
14,790
   
14,779
 

SCBT Capital Trust I junior subordinated debt with a variable interest rate equal to the three-month LIBOR rate plus a spread of 179 basis points adjusted quarterly; guaranteed by the Company on a subordinated basis, matures on June 15, 2035, and can be called by the issuer without penalty on or after June 30, 2010 for the principal outstanding plus any accrued and unpaid interest. Guaranteed by the Company on a subordinated basis. 

   
12,372
   
12,372
 

SCBT Capital Trust II junior subordinated debt with a fixed interest rate of 6.37% for five years and thereafter at a rate equal to the three-month LIBOR rate plus a spread of 179 basis points adjusted quarterly; guaranteed by the Company on a subordinated basis, matures on June 15, 2035, and can be called by the issuer without penalty on or after June 30, 2010 for the principal outstanding plus any accrued and upaid interest. Guaranteed by the Company on a subordinated basis. 

   
8,248
   
8,248
 

TSB Statutory Trust I junior subordinated debt with a variable interest rate of three-month LIBOR plus 172 basis points and pays interest quarterly; rate is subject to quarterly resets; matures on March 14, 2037, and can be called by the issuer without penalty in five years (December 2011); net of discount of $59 and $89 on December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively. Guaranteed by the Company on a subordinated basis. 

   
3,034
   
3,004
 

Other

   
4,235
   
 
           

 
$

143,624
 
$

177,477
 
           

F-35


Table of Contents

Note 10—Other Borrowings (Continued)

FHLB Advances

        The Company has entered into borrowing agreements with the FHLB. Advances under these agreements are collateralized by stock in the FHLB, qualifying first and second mortgage residential loans, and commercial real estate loans under a blanket-floating lien.

        Advances outstanding of $29.5 million at December 31, 2009 and 2008 could be called by the FHLB at the next available call date prior to maturity, when the LIBOR index equals or exceeds 7.50% and 7.50%, respectively. There was a $10.0 million variable rate advance outstanding at December 31, 2009. Net eligible loans of the Company pledged to the FHLB for advances and letters of credit at December 31, 2009, were approximately $308.9 million which allows the Company a total borrowing capacity at FHLB was approximately $164.3 million. After accounting for outstanding advances totaling $80.3 million and letters of credit totaling $26.7 million, the Company had unused net credit available with the FHLB in the amount of approximately $57.3 million at December 31, 2009.

        The maximum FHLB advances outstanding at any month-end for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008 was $88.5 million and $129.1 million, respectively. The average amount outstanding for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008 was approximately $84.3 million and $153.5 million, respectively. The weighted-average interest rate during the years ended and at December 31, 2009 and 2008 was 3.40% and 3.51%, respectively.

Federal Reserve Bank Term Auction Facility

        During 2008, the Company entered into borrowing agreements with the FRB. This agreement matured February 26, 2009. Advances under these agreements were collateralized by qualifying first and second mortgage residential loans, and commercial real estate loans under a blanket-floating lien.

Junior Subordinated Debt

        The obligations of the Company with respect to the issuance of the capital securities constitute a full and unconditional guarantee by the Company of the Trusts' obligations with respect to the capital securities. Subject to certain exceptions and limitations, the Company may elect from time to time to defer interest payments on the junior subordinated debt securities, which would result in a deferral of distribution payments on the related capital securities.

        As of December 31, 2009, the sole assets of the Trusts were an aggregate of $44.3 million of the Company's junior subordinated debt securities with like maturities and like interest rates to the trust preferred securities.

        For regulatory purposes, the junior subordinated debt securities may be classified as Tier 1 Capital. The trust preferred securities represent a minority investment in an unconsolidated subsidiary, which is currently included in Tier 1 Capital so long as it does not exceed 25% of total Tier 1 Capital. The subordinated term loan is also currently included in Tier 1 Capital. However, after the first two years, the amount which can be included is reduced by 20% per year until the loan matures.

F-36


Table of Contents

Note 10—Other Borrowings (Continued)

        Principal maturities of other borrowings are summarized below:

(Dollars in thousands)
  FHLB
Borrowings
  Junior
Subordinated
Debt
  Subordinated
Term Loan
  Other   Total  

Years Ended December 31,

                               

2010

  $   $   $   $ 1,560   $ 1,560  

2011

    42,531             2,675     45,206  

2012

                     

2013

    395                 395  

2014

                     

Thereafter

    37,400     44,273     14,790         96,463  
                       

  $ 80,326   $ 44,273   $ 14,790   $ 4,235   $ 143,624  
                       

Note 11—Income Taxes

        The provision for income taxes consists of the following:

 
  Years Ended December 31,  
(Dollars in thousands)
  2009   2008   2007  

Current:

                   
 

Federal

  $ 9,064   $ 8,580   $ 10,368  
 

State

    744     803     1,022  
               

Total current tax expense

    9,808     9,383     11,390  
               

Deferred:

                   
 

Federal

    (2,925 )   (874 )   (705 )
 

State

             
               

Total deferred tax benefit

    (2,925 )   (874 )   (705 )
               

Provision for income taxes

  $ 6,883   $ 8,509   $ 10,685  
               

        The provision for income taxes differs from that computed by applying the federal statutory income tax rate of 35% to income before provision for income taxes, as indicated in the following analysis:

 
  Years Ended December 31,  
(Dollars in thousands)
  2009   2008   2007  

Income taxes at federal statutory rate

  $ 7,167   $ 8,503   $ 11,288  

Increase (reduction) of taxes resulting from:

                   
 

State income taxes, net of federal tax benefit

    484     522     664  
 

Tax-exempt interest

    (637 )   (637 )   (439 )
 

Income tax credits

    (423 )   (324 )   (324 )
 

Dividends received deduction

        (74 )   (204 )
 

Other, net

    292     519     (300 )
               

  $ 6,883   $ 8,509   $ 10,685  
               

F-37


Table of Contents

Note 11—Income Taxes (Continued)

        The components of the net deferred tax asset, included in other assets at December 31 are as follows:

(Dollars in thousands)
  2009   2008  

Allowance for loan losses

  $ 13,325   $ 10,972  

Other-than-temporary impairment on securities

    1,823      

Unrealized losses on investment securities available for sale ("AFS")

    658     1,498  

Share-based compensation

    533     498  

Pension plan and post-retirement benefits

    480     2,735  

Deferred compensation

    436     525  

Purchase accounting adjustments

    397     567  

Net operating loss carryforwards

    892     783  

Other

    38      
           
 

Total deferred tax assets

    18,582     17,578  
           

Depreciation

    1,886     1,726  

Intangible assets

    1,500     1,542  

Deferred loan fees

    1,194      

Prepaid expense

    349      

Other

    395     263  
           
 

Total deferred tax liabilities

    5,324     3,531  
           
 

Net deferred tax asset before valuation allowance

    13,258     14,047  
           

Less, valuation allowance

    (894 )   (762 )
           
 

Net deferred tax asset

  $ 12,364   $ 13,285  
           

        At December 31, 2009, the Company had operating loss carryforwards for state income tax purposes of approximately $17.8 million available to offset future taxable income. The carryforwards expire in varying amounts through 2023. The valuation allowance is based on management's estimate of the ultimate realization of the parent company's deferred tax asset. The parent company's deferred tax asset mostly relates to net operating loss carryforwards for state income tax purposes.

F-38


Table of Contents

Note 12—Other Expense

        The following is a summary of the components of other noninterest expense:

 
  Years Ended December 31,  
(Dollars in thousands)
  2009   2008   2007  

Data and computer services

  $ 3,989   $ 3,545   $ 2,973  

Business development and staff related

    1,947     2,184     2,097  

Bankcard services

    1,333     1,220     1,004  

Property and sales tax

    1,140     915     765  

Office supplies

    1,131     1,255     1,291  

Retail products

    1,006     866     769  

Postage

    797     814     720  

Other loan expense

    557     547     509  

Regulatory fees

    348     404     432  

Insurance

    224     257     272  

Other

    2,051     2,197     2,261  
               

  $ 14,523   $ 14,204   $ 13,093  
               

Note 13—Earnings Per Common Share

        The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted earnings per common share:

 
  Years Ended December 31,  
(Dollars in thousands)
  2009   2008   2007  

Numerator:

                   
 

Net income available to common shareholders—numerator for basic and diluted earnings per share

  $ 8,921   $ 15,785   $ 21,565  
               

Denominator:

                   
 

Denominator for basic earnings per share—weighted-average shares outstanding

    12,061     10,301     9,275  

Effect of dilutive securities:

                   
 

Employee stock options and restricted stock

    48     93     30  
               

Dilutive potential shares:

                   
 

Denominator for diluted earnings per share—adjusted weighted-average shares and assumed conversions

    12,109     10,394     9,305  
               

Basic earnings per common share

  $ 0.74   $ 1.53   $ 2.33  
               

Diluted earnings per common share

  $ 0.74   $ 1.52   $ 2.32  
               

        The earnings per share data above has been retroactively adjusted to give effect to a 5% common stock dividend paid to shareholders of record as of March 9, 2007.

F-39


Table of Contents

Note 13—Earnings Per Common Share (Continued)

        The calculation of diluted earnings per common share excludes outstanding stock options that have exercise prices greater than the average market price of the common shares for the year as follows:

 
  Years Ended December 31,  
(Dollars in thousands)
  2009   2008   2007  

Number of shares

    253,313     57,095     38,104  

Range of exercise prices

  $ 25.53 to $39.74   $ 32.82 to $39.74   $ 37.70 to $39.74  

Note 14—Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss

        The components of the change in other comprehensive loss and the related tax effects for the Company's retirement plan and post retirement benefits plan were as follows:

 
  Years Ended December 31,  
(Dollars in thousands)
  2009   2008   2007  

Retirement plan:

                   
 

Net (loss) gain

  $ 1,717   $ (7,222 ) $ 535  
 

Effect of curtailment

    1,974          
 

Credit to accumulated other comprehensive income for measurement date change

        24      
 

Amortization of prior service cost

        (173 )   (173 )
 

Amortization of loss

    307     315     417  
               

    3,998     (7,056 )   779  
               

Post-retirement benefits:

                   
 

Net (loss) gain

    (125 )   (130 )   (86 )
 

Transition obligation

    (89 )   (121 )   31  
               

    (214 )   (251 )   (55 )
               

Net change in unrecognized amounts

    3,784     (7,307 )   724  

Tax effect

    (1,222 )   2,711     (377 )
               
 

Net-of-tax amount

  $ 2,562   $ (4,596 ) $ 347  
               

F-40


Table of Contents

Note 14—Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss (Continued)

        The components of the change in other comprehensive loss and the related tax effects for the Company's available for sale securities and cash flow hedges were as follows:

 
  Years Ended December 31,  
(Dollars in thousands)
  2009   2008   2007  

Unrealized holding gains (losses) on available for sale securities:

                   

Change in net unrealized gain (loss) on securities available for sale

  $ 7,516   $ (14,930 ) $ 2,254  

Less, reclassification adjustment for losses realized in net income

    (82 )   9,927     460  
               

Net change in unrealized holding gains (losses)

    7,434     (5,003 )   2,714  

Tax effect

    (2,639 )   1,901     (1,031 )
               
 

Net-of-tax amount

  $ 4,795   $ (3,102 ) $ 1,683  
               

Noncredit portion of other-than-temporary impairment losses:

                   

Total other-than-temporary impairment losses

  $ (10,494 ) $   $  

Less, reclassification adjustment of credit portion included net income

    5,005          
               

Net noncredit portion of other-than-temporary impairment losses

    (5,489 )        

Tax effect

    1,949              
               
 

Net-of-tax amount

  $ (3,540 ) $   $  
               

Cash flow hedges:

                   

Change in unrealized losses on derivative financial instruments qualifying as cash flow hedges

  $ (21 ) $   $  

Tax effect

    7          
               
 

Net-of-tax amount

  $ (14 ) $   $  
               

F-41


Table of Contents

Note 14—Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss (Continued)

        The components of accumulated other comprehensive losses were as follows:

(Dollars in thousands)
  Benefit
Plans
  Unrealized
(Losses) Gains
on Securities
Available
for Sale
  Noncredit
Other-Than-
Temporary
Impairment
Losses
  Cash Flow
Hedges
  Total  

Balance at January 1, 2008

  $ (2,268 ) $ 781   $   $   $ (1,487 )
 

Change in pension and retiree medical plan

    (4,596 )               (4,596 )
 

Change in net unrealized loss on securities available for sale

        (3,102 )           (3,102 )
                       

Balance at December 31, 2008

    (6,864 )   (2,321 )           (9,185 )
 

Change in pension and retiree medical plan

    1,279                 1,279  
 

Change in pension liability for plan curtailment

    1,283                 1,283  
 

Change in net unrealized gain on securities available for sale

        1,255             1,255  
 

Reclassification of noncredit other-than-temporary impairment losses on available-for-sale securities

        3,540     (3,540 )        
 

Change in unrealized losses on derivative financial instruments qualifying as cash flow hedges

                (14 )   (14 )
                       

Balance at December 31, 2009

  $ (4,302 ) $ 2,474   $ (3,540 ) $ (14 ) $ (5,382 )
                       

Note 15—Restrictions on Subsidiary Dividends, Loans, or Advances

        The Company pays cash dividends to shareholders from its assets, which are mainly provided by dividends from its banking subsidiary. However, certain restrictions exist regarding the ability of its subsidiary to transfer funds to the Company in the form of cash dividends, loans or advances. The approval of the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency is required to pay dividends in excess of the subsidiary's net profits for the current year plus retained net profits (net profits less dividends paid) for the preceding two years, less any required transfers to surplus. As of December 31, 2009 and 2008, approximately $23.0 million and $31.8 million of the bank's retained earnings are available for distribution to the Company as dividends without prior regulatory approval. In addition, dividends paid by the bank to the Company would be prohibited if the effect thereof would cause the Bank's capital to be reduced below applicable minimum capital requirements.

        Under Federal Reserve regulations, the bank is also limited as to the amount they may lend to the Company. The maximum amount available for transfer from the bank to the Company in the form of loans or advances was approximately $64.5 million and $56.6 million at December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively.

F-42


Table of Contents

Note 16—Retirement Plans

        The following sets forth the pension plan's funded status and amounts recognized in the Company's accompanying consolidated financial statements at December 31:

(Dollars in thousands)
  2009   2008  

Change in benefit obligation:

             
 

Benefit obligation at beginning of year

  $ 19,610   $ 17,398  
 

Service cost

    758     772  
 

Interest cost

    1,095     1,203  
 

Actuarial loss (gain)

    154     734  
 

Benefits paid

    (519 )   (497 )
 

Curtailment

    (2,756 )    
           
 

Benefit obligation at end of year

    18,342     19,610  
           

Change in plan assets:

             
 

Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year

    12,386     16,915  
 

Actual return (loss) on plan assets

    3,277     (4,922 )
 

Employer contribution

    1,352     890  
 

Benefits paid

    (519 )   (497 )
           
 

Fair value of plan assets at end of year

    16,496     12,386  
           

Funded status

  $ (1,846 ) $ (7,224 )
           

        Amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income as of December 31 consist of:

(Dollars in thousands)
  2009   2008  

Net loss

  $ 6,315   $ 11,183  

Prior service credit

        (869 )
           

Total amounts recognized

  $ 6,315   $ 10,314  
           

F-43


Table of Contents

Note 16—Retirement Plans (Continued)

        The components of net periodic pension cost and other amounts recognized in other comprehensive income are as follows:

 
  Years Ended December 31,  
(Dollars in thousands)
  2009   2008   2007  

Service cost

  $ 758   $ 662   $ 666  

Interest cost

    1,095     1,031     923  

Expected return on plan assets

    (1,406 )   (1,342 )   (1,202 )

Amortization of prior service cost

    (86 )   (173 )   (173 )

Recognized net actuarial loss

    393     315     417  
               
     

Net periodic benefit cost

    754     493     631  
               

Net loss (gain)

    (1,717 )   7,222     (535 )

Credit to accumulated other comprehensive income for measurement date change

        (24 )    

Amortization of prior service cost

        173     173  

Amortization of net loss

    (307 )   (315 )   (417 )

Effect of curtailment

    (1,974 )        
               
 

Total amount recognized in other comprehensive income

    (3,998 )   7,056     (779 )
               
   

Total recognized in net periodic benefit cost and other comprehensive income

  $ (3,244 ) $ 7,549   $ (148 )
               

        The estimated net loss and prior service cost for the defined benefit pension plan that will be amortized from accumulated other comprehensive income into periodic benefit cost over the next fiscal year are $500,000 and $0, respectively.

        The following is information as of the measurement date:

 
  December 31,  
(Dollars in thousands)
  2009   2008  

Projected benefit obligation

  $ 18,342   $ 19,610  

Accumulated benefit obligation

    18,342     16,904  

Fair value of plan assets

    16,496     12,386  

        The Company used a 6.00% discount rate in its weighted-average assumptions used to determine benefit obligation at December 31, 2009. The rate of compensation increase was not applicable in the Company's weighted-average assumptions because of the plan curtailment at June 30, 2009. The Company used a 6.00% discount rate and a 5.00% rate of compensation increase in its weighted-average assumptions used to determine benefit obligation at December 31, 2008. The weighted-average assumptions used to determine net periodic pension cost for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008, and 2007 are as follows:

 
  Years Ended December 31,  
 
  2009   2008   2007  

Discount rate

    6.00%     6.00%     5.75%  

Expected long-term return on plan assets

    8.00%     8.00%     8.00%  

Rate of compensation increase

    5.00%     5.00%     5.00%  

F-44


Table of Contents

Note 16—Retirement Plans (Continued)

        During 2008, the Company changed its method in determining its discount rate to a more precise measurement. For the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, the discount rate of 6.00% was determined by matching the projected benefit obligation cash flows of the plan to an independently derived yield curve, to arrive at the single equivalent rate. The method for the year ended December 31, 2007 had been to use prevailing market bond rates as noted by the Moody's Corporate AA bond index.

        The expected rate of return for the pension plan's assets represents the average rate of return to be earned on plan assets over the period the benefits included in the benefit obligation are to be paid. In developing the expected rate of return, the Company considered long-term compound annualized returns of historical market data as well as historical actual returns on the Company's plan assets. Using this reference information, the Company developed forward-looking return expectations for each asset category and a weighted average expected long-term rate of return for a targeted portfolio allocated across these investment categories. The asset allocation of the Company's pension plan is targeted at 55% in U.S. equities, 10% in international equities, 30% in fixed income, and 5% in cash equivalents.

        In developing the 8% long-term rate of return assumption for the pension plan, the Company utilized the following long-term rate of return and standard deviation assumptions:

Asset Class
  Rate of
Return
Assumption
  Standard
Deviation
Assumption
 

High Grade Fixed Income

    6.93%     7.27%  

High Yield Fixed Income

    9.26%     7.74%  

International Fixed Income

    9.91%     8.56%  

Large Cap Equity

    12.21%     16.42%  

Small Cap Equity

    13.20%     19.68%  

Foreign Equity

    11.06%     18.81%  

Inflation

    3.00%     n/a      

        The portfolio's equity weighting is consistent with the long-term nature of the Plan's benefit obligation, and the expected annual return on the portfolio of 8%.

        The policy, as established by the Investment Committee of the Defined Benefit Pension Plan, seeks to maximize return within reasonable and prudent levels of risk. The overall long-term objective of the Plan is to achieve a rate of return that exceeds the actuarially assumed rate of return of 8%. The investment policy is reviewed on a regular basis and revised when appropriate based on the legal or regulatory environment, market trends, or other fundamental factors. In determining the long-term rate of return for the pension plan, the Company considers historical rates of return and the nature of the plan's investments. Plan assets are divided among various investment classes with allowable allocation percentages as follows: Equities 55-65%, Fixed Income 20-40%, Cash Equivalents 0-35%. As of December 31, 2009, approximately 57% of pension plan assets were invested with equity managers, approximately 40% of pension plan assets were invested with fixed income managers, and approximately 3% of pension plan assets were held in cash equivalents. The difference between actual and expected returns on plan assets is accumulated and amortized over future periods and, therefore, affects the recognized expenses in such future periods.

        Following is a description of valuation methodologies used for assets recorded at fair value.

F-45


Table of Contents

Note 16—Retirement Plans (Continued)

Money Market Funds

        Money Market Funds are public investment vehicles valued using $1 for the Net Asset Value (the "NAV"). The money market funds are classified within level 2 of the valuation hierarchy.

Broad Market Fixed Income, Domestic Equity and Foreign Equity Mutual Funds

        Broad Market Fixed Income, Domestic Equity and Foreign Equity mutual funds are public investment vehicles valued using the NAV provided by the administrator of the fund. The NAV is based on the value of the underlying assets owned by the fund, minus its liabilities, and then divided by the number of shares outstanding. The NAV is a quoted price in an active market and classified within level 1 of the valuation hierarchy.

        The fair values of the Company's pension plan assets at December 31, 2009 by asset category are as follows:

(Dollars in thousands)
  Fair Value
December 31,
2009
  Quoted Prices
In Active
Markets for
Identical
Assets
(Level 1)
  Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
  Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
 

Money market funds

  $ 450   $   $ 450   $  

Broad market fixed income

    6,833     6,833          

Domestic equity

    6,465     6,465          

Foreign equity

    2,748     2,748          
                   
 

Total assets

  $ 16,496   $ 16,046   $ 450   $  
                   

        As of December 31, 2009 and 2008, the Plan's domestic equity securities did not include any of the Company's common stock. The plan made no purchases of the Company's stock during 2009, 2008 and 2007.

        Estimated future benefit payments (including expected future service as appropriate):

(Dollars in thousands)
   
 

2010

  $ 635  

2011

    691  

2012

    750  

2013

    800  

2014

    873  

2015-2019

    5,822  
       

  $ 9,571  
       

F-46


Table of Contents

Note 16—Retirement Plans (Continued)

        Expenses incurred and charged against operations with regard to all of the Company's retirement plans were as follows:

 
  Years Ended December 31,  
(Dollars in thousands)
  2009   2008   2007  

Pension:

                   
 

Pension

  $ 754   $ 493   $ 631  
 

Effect of curtailment

    (782 )        
               

Total pension

    (28 )   493     631  

Profit-sharing

    349     1,537     1,424  
               

  $ 321   $ 2,030   $ 2,055  
               

        The Company expects to contribute approximately $890,000 to the pension plan in 2010, but reserves the right to contribute between the minimum required and maximum deductible amounts as determined under applicable federal laws.

        Effective July 1, 2009, the Company suspended the accrual of benefits for plan participants under the non-contributory defined benefit plan and recorded a curtailment gain of $782,000, before tax, as a reduction in compensation expense and a change in pension liability for plan curtailment of $1.3 million, net of tax, in other comprehensive income.

        Electing employees are eligible to participate in the employees' savings plan, under the provisions of Internal Revenue Code Section 401(k), after attaining age 21. Plan participants elect to contribute portions of their annual base compensation as a before tax contribution. The Company matches 50% of these contributions up to a 6% employee contribution for employees hired before January 1, 2006 who were age 45 and higher with five or more vesting years of service. The Company matches 100% of these contributions up to a 6% employee contribution for current employees under age 45 or with less than five years of service. Effective April 1, 2009, the Company temporarily suspended the employer match contribution to all participants in the plan. Effective January 1, 2010, the Company reinstated the employer match so that participating employees would receive a 50% matching of their 401(k) plan contribution, up to 4% of salary.

        Employees hired on January 1, 2006 or thereafter will not participate in the defined benefit pension plan, but are eligible to participate in the employees' savings plan.

        Employees can enter the savings plan on or after the first day of each month. The employee may enter into a salary deferral agreement at any time to select an alternative deferral amount or to elect not to defer in the Plan. If the employee does not elect an investment allocation, the plan administrator will select a retirement-based portfolio according to the employee's number of years until normal retirement age. The plan's investment valuations are generally provided on a daily basis.

F-47


Table of Contents

Note 17—Post-Retirement Benefits

        The following sets forth the plan's funded status and amounts recognized in the Company's accompanying consolidated financial statements at December 31:

(Dollars in thousands)
  2009   2008  

Change in benefit obligation:

             
 

Benefit obligation at beginning of year

  $ 585   $ 565  
 

Interest cost

    34     37  
 

Actuarial (gain)/loss

        56  
 

Benefits paid

    (59 )   (73 )
           
 

Benefit obligation at end of year

    560     585  
           

Change in plan assets:

             
 

Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year

         
 

Employer contribution

    59     73  
 

Benefits paid

    (59 )   (73 )
           
 

Fair value of plan assets at end of year

         
           

Funded status

  $ (560 ) $ (585 )
           

        Weighted-average assumptions used to determine benefit obligations and net periodic benefit cost at December 31 are as follows:

 
  2009   2008  

Weighted-average assumptions used to determine benefit obligation at December 31: Discount rate

    6.00 %   6.00 %

Weighted-average assumptions used to determine net periodic benefit cost for years ended December 31: Discount rate

    6.00 %   6.00 %

Assumed health care cost trend rates at December 31:

             
 

Health care cost trend rate assumed for next year

    5.00 %   5.00 %
 

Year that the rate reaches the ultimate trend rate

    2009     2008  

F-48


Table of Contents

Note 17—Post-Retirement Benefits (Continued)

        Components of net periodic benefit cost and other amounts recognized in other comprehensive income are as follows:

 
  Years Ended
December 31,
 
(Dollars in thousands)
  2009   2008   2007  

Interest cost

  $ 33   $ 32   $ 27  

Amortization of transition obligation

    32     32     32  

Recognized net actuarial loss

    6     2      
               
     

Net periodic benefit cost

    71     66     59  
               

Net (gain) loss

        56     86  

Credit to accumulated other comprehensive income for measurement date change

        (6 )    

Amortization of transition obligation

    (31 )   (31 )   (31 )

Amortization of loss

    (6 )   (2 )    
               
 

Total amount recognized in other comprehensive income

    (37 )   17     55  
               
   

Total recognized in net periodic benefit cost and other comprehensive income

  $ 34   $ 83   $ 114  
               

        The estimated net loss, transition and prior service cost for the retiree medical plan that will be amortized from accumulated other comprehensive income into periodic benefit cost over the next fiscal year are $6,000, $31,000, and $0, respectively.

        Assumed health care cost trend rates have a significant effect on the amounts reported for the post-retirement benefit plan. A one-percentage-point change in assumed health care cost trend rates would have the following effects at the end of 2009:

 
  One-Percentage Point  
(Dollars in thousands)
  Increase   Decrease  

Effect on total of service and interest cost

  $ 3   $ (2 )

Effect on postretirement benefit obligation

    41     (37 )

        Estimated future benefit payments (including expected future service as appropriate):

(Dollars in thousands)
   
 

2010

  $ 62  

2011

    61  

2012

    59  

2013

    58  

2014

    56  

2015–2019

    247  
       

  $ 543  
       

        The Company expects to contribute approximately $62,000 to the post-retirement medical plan in 2010.

F-49


Table of Contents

Note 18—Share-Based Compensation

        The Company's 1999 and 2004 stock incentive programs are long-term retention programs intended to attract, retain, and provide incentives for key employees and non-employee directors in the form of incentive and non-qualified stock options and restricted stock.

Stock Options

        With the exception of non-qualified options granted to directors under the 1999 and 2004 plans, which in some cases may be exercised at any time prior to expiration and in some other cases may be exercised at intervals less than one year following the grant date, incentive stock options granted under the plans may not be exercised in whole or in part within one year following the date of the grant, as these incentive stock options become exercisable in 25% increments ratably over the four year period following the grant date. The options are granted at an exercise price at least equal to the fair value of the common stock at the date of grant and have terms ranging from five to ten years. No options were granted under the 1999 plan after January 2, 2004, and the plan is closed other than for any options still unexercised and outstanding. The 2004 plan is the only plan from which new share-based compensation grants may be issued.

        Activity in the Company's stock option plans is summarized in the following table. All information has been retroactively adjusted for stock dividends and stock splits.

 
  2009   2008   2007  
 
  Shares   Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
  Shares   Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
  Shares   Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
 

Outstanding at January 1

    351,553   $ 26.94     336,384   $ 26.33     308,368   $ 24.26  

Granted

    33,288     27.48     29,483     31.50     41,445     39.25  

Exercised

    (30,831 )   17.24     (14,087 )   21.18     (12,964 )   19.91  

Forfeited

    (4,099 )   30.80     (227 )   27.01     (465 )   28.53  

Expired

    (1,336 )   18.45                  
                                 

Outstanding at December 31

    348,575     27.84     351,553     26.94     336,384     26.27  
                                 

Exercisable at December 31

    274,829     26.82     277,492     25.00     246,366     23.42  
                                 

Weighted-average fair value of options granted during the year

        $ 9.75         $ 10.77         $ 9.25  
                                 

        The aggregate intrinsic value of 348,575 and 351,553 stock options outstanding at December 31, 2009 and 2008 was $884,000 and $2.9 million, respectively. The aggregate intrinsic value of 274,829 and 277,492 stock options exercisable at December 31, 2009 and 2008 was $877,000 and $2.7 million, respectively.

F-50


Table of Contents

Note 18—Share-Based Compensation (Continued)

        Information pertaining to options outstanding at December 31, 2009, is as follows:

 
  Options Outstanding   Options Exercisable
 
  Number
Outstanding
  Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life
  Weighted
Average
Exercise Price
  Number
Outstanding
  Weighted
Average
Exercise Price
  Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life

$11.39–$16.00

    41,458   1.8 years   $ 15.02     41,435   $ 15.02    

$16.01–$21.00

    10,750   2.6 years     19.08     10,748     19.08    

$21.01–$26.00

    45,673   3.1 years     22.56     45,654     22.56    

$26.01–$31.00

    106,472   5.8 years     27.49     75,722     27.50    

$31.01–$36.00

    101,408   6.3 years     31.96     74,580     32.05    

$36.01–$39.74

    42,814   7.1 years     39.15     26,690     38.99    
                             

    348,575   5.2 years     27.84     274,829     26.82   4.4 years
                             

        The fair value of options is estimated at the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model and expensed over the options' vesting periods. The following weighted-average assumptions were used in valuing options issued:

 
  2009   2008   2007

Dividend yield

  2.47%   1.86%   1.88%

Expected life

  6 years   6 years   7 years

Expected volatility

  44.9%–49.2%   36%   18%

Risk-free interest rate

  1.87%   3.44%   4.65%

        As of December 31, 2009, there was $440,000 of total unrecognized compensation cost related to nonvested stock option grants under the plans. The cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 1.06 years as of December 31, 2009. The total fair value of shares vested during the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 was approximately $313,000, $403,000 and $483,000, respectively. Compensation expense of $310,000, $347,000, and $424,000 was recorded in 2009, 2008, and 2007, respectively.

Restricted Stock

        The Company from time-to-time also grants shares of restricted stock to key employees and non-employee directors. These awards help align the interests of these employees and directors with the interests of the shareholders of the Company by providing economic value directly related to increases in the value of the Company's stock. The value of the stock awarded is established as the fair market value of the stock at the time of the grant. The Company recognizes expense, equal to the total value of such awards, ratably over the vesting period of the stock grants. Grants to employees have typically vested over a 48-month period, and beginning in 2007, some grants cliff vest after four years. Grants to employees for the year ended December 31, 2009 and 2008 cliff vest after four years. Grants to non-employee directors typically vest within a 12-month period.

        All restricted stock agreements are conditioned upon continued employment. Termination of employment prior to a vesting date, as described below, would terminate any interest in non-vested shares. Prior to vesting of the shares, as long as employed by the Company, the key employees and non-employee directors will have the right to vote such shares and to receive dividends paid with respect to such shares. All restricted shares will fully vest in the event of change in control of the Company or upon the death of the recipient.

F-51


Table of Contents

Note 18—Share-Based Compensation (Continued)

        Nonvested restricted stock for the year ended December 31, 2009 is summarized in the following table. All information has been retroactively adjusted for stock dividends and stock splits.

Restricted Stock
  Shares   Weighted-Average
Grant-Date Fair
Value
 

Nonvested at January 1

    99,557   $ 31.57  

Granted

    96,257     26.76  

Vested

    (37,102 )   26.50  

Forfeited

    (6,829 )   33.73  
             

Nonvested at December 31

    151,883     29.66  
             

        The Company granted 96,257, 48,089, and 36,061 shares for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008, and 2007, respectively. The weighted-average-grant-date fair value of restricted shares granted in 2009, 2008, and 2007 was $26.76, $32.37, and $37.39, respectively. Compensation expense of $1.1 million, $1.1 million, and $578,000 was recorded in 2009, 2008, and 2007, respectively.

        The vesting schedule of these shares as of December 31, 2009 is as follows:

 
  Shares  

2010

    18,936  

2011

    24,836  

2012

    29,487  

2013

    11,978  

2014

    4,395  

Thereafter

    62,251  
       

    151,883  
       

        As of December 31, 2009, there was $3.3 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to nonvested restricted stock granted under the plans. The cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 5.07 years as of December 31, 2009. The total fair value of shares vested during the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 was approximately $983,000, $604,000 and $468,000, respectively.

Employee Stock Purchase Plan

        The 2002 Employee Stock Purchase Plan permits eligible employees to purchase Company stock at a discounted price. Beginning July 1, 2009, the 15% discount was reduced to 5%. The Company recognized $69,000, $116,000 and $108,000 in share-based compensation expense for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively.

Note 19—Stock Repurchase Program

        In February 2004, the Company's Board of Directors authorized a repurchase program to acquire up to 250,000 shares of its outstanding common stock. This program superseded any previously announced programs that may have had remaining available shares for repurchase. Under the announced stock repurchase program, the Company did not repurchase any shares during the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007. Under other arrangements where directors or officers surrendered currently owned shares to the Company to acquire proceeds for exercising stock options or

F-52


Table of Contents

Note 19—Stock Repurchase Program (Continued)


paying taxes on currently vesting restricted stock, the Company repurchased 15,823, 6,074, and 2,474 shares at a cost of $446,000, $201,000, and $92,000 in 2009, 2008, and 2007, respectively.

Note 20—Lease Commitments

        The Company's subsidiary was obligated at December 31, 2009, under certain noncancelable operating leases extending to the year 2045 pertaining to banking premises and equipment. Some of the leases provide for the payment of property taxes and insurance and contain various renewal options. The exercise of renewal options is, of course, dependent upon future events. Accordingly, the following summary does not reflect possible additional payments due if renewal options are exercised.

        Future minimum lease payments, by year and in the aggregate, under noncancelable operating leases with initial or remaining terms in excess of one year are as follows:

(Dollars in thousands)
   
 

Years Ending December 31,

       

2010

  $ 2,278  

2011

    2,321  

2012

    2,355  

2013

    2,338  

2014

    2,019  

Thereafter

    30,916  
       

  $ 42,227  
       

        Total lease expense for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008, and 2007 was $2.4 million, $4.0 million and $3.3 million, respectively.

Note 21—Contingent Liabilities

        The Company and its subsidiary are involved at times in certain litigation arising in the normal course of business. In the opinion of management, there is no pending or threatened litigation that will have a material effect on the Company's consolidated financial position or results of operations.

Note 22—Related Party Transactions

        During 2009 and 2008, the Company's banking subsidiary had loan and deposit relationships with certain related parties, principally directors and executive officers, their immediate families and their business interests. All of these relationships were in the ordinary course of business. Loans outstanding to this group (including immediate families and business interests) totaled $27.8 million and $29.7 million at December 31, 2009 and 2008 respectively. During 2009, $1.9 million of new loans were made to this group while repayments of $8.8 million were received during the year. Other changes resulted in a increase of $2.2 million and a $2.8 million adjustment to the beginning balance due to adding a board member during 2009. Related party deposits totaled approximately $20.9 million and $16.1 million at December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively.

F-53


Table of Contents

Note 23—Financial Instruments with Off-Balance Sheet Risk

        The Company's subsidiary is a party to credit related financial instruments with off-balance sheet risks in the normal course of business to meet the financing needs of their customers. These financial instruments include commitments to extend credit, standby letters of credit and financial guarantees. Such commitments involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit, interest rate, or liquidity risk in excess of the amounts recognized in the consolidated balance sheets. The contract amounts of these instruments express the extent of involvement the subsidiary has in particular classes of financial instruments.

        The subsidiary's exposure to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by the other party to the financial instrument for commitments to extend credit, standby letters of credit, and financial guarantees is represented by the contractual amount of those instruments. The subsidiary uses the same credit policies in making commitments and conditional obligations as it does for on-balance sheet instruments. At December 31, 2009 and 2008, the following financial instruments, whose contract amounts represent credit risk, were outstanding:

 
  2009   2008  

Commitments to extend credit

  $ 469,841   $ 544,307  

Standby letters of credit and financial guarantees

    9,725     9,805  
           

  $ 479,566   $ 554,112  
           

Commitments to Extend Credit

        Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer as long as there is no violation of any condition established in the contract. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee. Since many of the commitments are expected to expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future liquidity requirements. The bank evaluates each customer's credit worthiness on a case-by-case basis. The amount of collateral obtained, if deemed necessary by the bank upon extension of credit, is based on management's credit evaluation of the customer. Collateral held varies but may include accounts receivable, inventory, property, plant and equipment, and personal guarantees. Unfunded commitments under commercial lines-of-credit, revolving credit lines and overdraft protection agreements are commitments for possible future extensions of credit to existing customers. These lines-of-credit are uncollateralized and usually do not contain a specified maturity date and may not be drawn to the extent to which the banking subsidiary is committed.

Standby Letters of Credit and Financial Guarantees

        Standby letters of credit and financial guarantees are conditional commitments issued by the banking subsidiary to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third party. Those letters of credit and guarantees are primarily issued to support public and private borrowing arrangements. Essentially, all standby letters of credit have expiration dates within one year. The credit risk involved in issuing letters of credit is essentially the same as that involved in extending loan facilities to customers. The amount of collateral obtained, if deemed necessary, is based on management's credit evaluation of the customer.

Note 24—Fair Value

        FASB ASC 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures, defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value under accounting principles generally accepted in the

F-54


Table of Contents

Note 24—Fair Value (Continued)


United States, and enhances disclosures about fair value measurements. FASB ASC 820 clarifies that fair value should be based on the assumptions market participants would use when pricing an asset or liability and establishes a fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the information used to develop those assumptions.

        The Company utilizes fair value measurements to record fair value adjustments to certain assets and liabilities and to determine fair value disclosures. Available for sale securities and derivative contracts are recorded at fair value on a recurring basis. Additionally, from time to time, the Company may be required to record at fair value other assets on a nonrecurring basis, such as loans held for sale, loans held for investment and certain other assets. These nonrecurring fair value adjustments typically involve application of lower of cost or market accounting or write-downs of individual assets.

        FASB ASC 820 establishes a three-tier fair value hierarchy which prioritizes the inputs used in measuring fair value as follows:

   
   
 

Level 1

  Observable inputs such as quoted prices in active markets;
 

Level 2

 

Inputs, other than the quoted prices in active markets, that are observable either directly or indirectly; and

 

Level 3

 

Unobservable inputs in which there is little or no market data, which require the reporting entity to develop its own assumptions.

        Following is a description of valuation methodologies used for assets recorded at fair value.

Investment Securities

        Securities available for sale are valued on a recurring basis at quoted market prices where available. If quoted market prices are not available, fair values are based on quoted market prices of comparable securities. Level 1 securities include those traded on an active exchange, such as the New York Stock Exchange or U.S. Treasury securities that are traded by dealers or brokers in active over-the-counter markets and money market funds. Level 2 securities include mortgage-backed securities and debentures issued by government sponsored entities, municipal bonds and corporate debt securities. Securities classified as Level 3 include asset-backed securities in less liquid markets. Securities held to maturity are valued at quoted market prices or dealer quotes similar to securities available for sale. The carrying value of Federal Reserve Bank and Federal Home Loan Bank stock approximates fair value based on their redemption provisions.

        Pooled trust preferred securities are Level 3 securities under the three-tier fair value hierarchy because of an absence of observable inputs for these and similar securities in the debt markets. The Company has determined that (1) there are few observable transactions and market quotations available and they are not reliable for purposes of determining fair value at December 31, 2009, and (2) an income valuation approach technique (present value technique) that maximizes the use of relevant observable inputs and minimizes the use of unobservable inputs will be equally or more representative of fair value than the market approach valuation technique used at prior measurement dates. This income valuation approach requires numerous steps in determining fair value. These steps include estimating credit quality of the collateral, generating asset defaults, forecasting cash flows for underlying collateral, and determining losses given default assumption.

Mortgage Loans Held for Sale

        Mortgage loans held for sale are carried at the lower of cost or market value. The fair values of mortgage loans held for sale are based on commitments on hand from investors within the secondary

F-55


Table of Contents

Note 24—Fair Value (Continued)


market for loans with similar characteristics. As such, the fair value adjustments for mortgage loans held for sale is nonrecurring Level 2.

Loans

        The Company does not record loans at fair value on a recurring basis. However, from time to time, a loan may be considered impaired and an allowance for loan losses may be established. Loans for which it is probable that payment of interest and principal will not be made in accordance with the contractual terms of the loan agreement are considered impaired. Once a loan is identified as individually impaired, management measures impairment using estimated fair value methodologies. The fair value of impaired loans is estimated using one of several methods, including collateral value, market value of similar debt, enterprise value, liquidation value and discounted cash flows. Those impaired loans not requiring an allowance represent loans for which the fair value of the expected repayments or collateral exceed the recorded investments in such loans. At December 31, 2009, substantially all of the impaired loans were evaluated based on the fair value of the collateral because such loans were considered collateral dependent. Impaired loans, where an allowance is established based on the fair value of collateral, require classification in the fair value hierarchy. When the fair value of the collateral is based on an observable market price or a current appraised value, the Company considers the impaired loan as nonrecurring Level 2. When an appraised value is not available or management determines the fair value of the collateral is further impaired below the appraised value and there is no observable market price, the Company considers the impaired loan as nonrecurring Level 3.

Other Real Estate Owned ("OREO")

        OREO, consisting of properties obtained through foreclosure or in satisfaction of loans, is reported at the lower of cost or fair value, determined on the basis of current appraisals, comparable sales, and other estimates of value obtained principally from independent sources, adjusted for estimated selling costs (Level 2). At the time of foreclosure, any excess of the loan balance over the fair value of the real estate held as collateral is treated as a charge against the allowance for loan losses. Gains or losses on sale and generally any subsequent adjustments to the value are recorded as a component of OREO expense.

Derivative Financial Instruments

        Fair value is estimated using pricing models of derivatives with similar characteristics, at which point the derivatives are classified within Level 2 of the hierarchy. See Note 29—Derivative Financial Instruments for additional information.

F-56


Table of Contents

Note 24—Fair Value (Continued)

Assets and Liabilities Recorded at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis

        The table below presents the recorded amount of assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis.

(Dollars in thousands)
  Fair Value
December 31,
2009
  Quoted Prices
In Active
Markets for
Identical
Assets
(Level 1)
  Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
  Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
 

Assets

                         

Securities available for sale:

                         
 

Government-sponsored enterprises debt

  $ 36,615   $   $ 36,615   $  
 

State and municipal obligations

    26,805         26,805      
 

Mortgage-backed securities

    103,268         103,268      
 

Trust preferred (collateralized debt obligations)

    6,250             6,250  
 

Corporate stocks

    365     330     35      
                   
   

Total securities available for sale

  $ 173,303   $ 330   $ 166,723   $ 6,250  
                   

Liabilities

                         

Derivative financial instruments

  $ 21   $   $ 21   $  
                   

 

(Dollars in thousands)
  Fair Value
December 31,
2008
  Quoted Prices
In Active
Markets for
Identical
Assets
(Level 1)
  Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
  Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
 

Assets

                         

Securities available for sale:

                         
 

Government-sponsored enterprises debt

  $ 28,672   $   $ 28,672   $  
 

State and municipal obligations

    10,558         10,558      
 

Mortgage-backed securities

    133,505         133,505      
 

Trust preferred (collateralized debt obligations)

    10,083             10,083  
 

Corporate stocks

    402     367     35      
                   
   

Total securities available for sale

  $ 183,220   $ 367   $ 172,770   $ 10,083  
                   

Changes in Level 3 Fair Value Measurements

        When a determination is made to classify a financial instrument within Level 3 of the valuation hierarchy, the determination is based upon the significance of the unobservable factors to the overall fair value measurement. However, since Level 3 financial instruments typically include, in addition to the unobservable or Level 3 components, observable components (that is, components that are actively quoted and can be validated to external sources), the gains and losses below include changes in fair value due in part to observable factors that are part of the valuation methodology.

F-57


Table of Contents

Note 24—Fair Value (Continued)

        A reconciliation of the beginning and ending balances of Level 3 assets and liabilities recorded at fair value on a recurring basis for the year ended December 31, 2009 and 2008 are as follows:

(Dollars in thousands)
  Assets   Liabilities  

Fair value, January 1, 2008

  $   $  
 

Total realized and unrealized losses included in income

    (1,994 )    
 

Purchases, issuances and settlements, net

    (35 )    
 

Transfers in and/or out of level 3

    12,112      
           

Fair value, December 31, 2008

    10,083      
 

Total realized and unrealized losses included in income

    (3,870 )    
 

Purchases, issuances and settlements, net

    37      
 

Transfers in and/or out of level 3

         
           

Fair value, December 31, 2009

  $ 6,250   $  
           

Total unrealized losses included in income related to financial assets and liabilities still on the consolidated balance sheet at

             
 

December 31, 2008

  $ (1,994 ) $  
           
 

December 31, 2009

  $ (3,870 ) $  
           

Assets and Liabilities Recorded at Fair Value on a Nonrecurring Basis

(Dollars in thousands)
  Fair Value
December 31,
2009
  Quoted Prices
In Active
Markets for
Identical
Assets
(Level 1)
  Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
  Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
 

Impaired loans

  $ 23,276   $   $ 14,809   $ 8,467  

OREO

    3,102         3,102      

 

(Dollars in thousands)
  Fair Value
December 31,
2008
  Quoted Prices
In Active
Markets for
Identical
Assets
(Level 1)
  Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
  Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
 

Impaired loans

  $ 8,603   $   $ 8,603   $  

        The amount above includes impaired loans that have been partially charged off and are carried at fair value.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

        The following methods and assumptions were used by the Company in estimating its fair value disclosures for financial instruments. In cases where quoted market prices are not available, fair values are based on estimates using present value or other valuation techniques. Those models are significantly affected by the assumptions used, including the discount rates and estimates of future cash flows. In that regard, the derived fair value estimates cannot be substantiated by comparison to independent markets and, in many cases, could not be realized in immediate settlement of the instrument. The use of different methodologies may have a material effect on the estimated fair value amounts. The fair value estimates presented herein are based on pertinent information available to

F-58


Table of Contents

Note 24—Fair Value (Continued)


management as of December 31, 2009 and 2008. Such amounts have not been revalued for purposes of these consolidated financial statements since those dates and, therefore, current estimates of fair value may differ significantly from the amounts presented herein.

        The following methods and assumptions were used to estimate the fair value of each class of financial instruments for which it is practicable to estimate that value:

        Cash and Cash Equivalents—The carrying amount is a reasonable estimate of fair value.

        Investment Securities—Securities held to maturity are valued at quoted market prices or dealer quotes. The carrying value of Federal Reserve Bank and Federal Home Loan Bank stock approximates fair value based on their redemption provisions. The carrying value of the Company's investment in unconsolidated subsidiaries approximates fair value.

        Loans—For variable-rate loans that reprice frequently and with no significant change in credit risk, fair values are based on carrying values. Fair values for certain mortgage loans (e.g., one-to-four family residential) and other consumer loans are based on quoted market prices of similar loans sold in conjunction with securitization transactions, adjusted for differences in loan characteristics. Fair values for other loans (e.g., commercial real estate and investment property mortgage loans, commercial and industrial loans) are estimated using discounted cash flow analyses, using interest rates currently being offered for loans with similar terms to borrowers of similar credit quality. Fair values for non-performing loans are estimated using discounted cash flow analyses or underlying collateral values, where applicable.

        Deposit Liabilities—The fair values disclosed for demand deposits (e.g., interest and non-interest bearing checking, passbook savings, and certain types of money market accounts) are, by definition, equal to the amount payable on demand at the reporting date (i.e., their carrying amounts). The carrying amounts of variable-rate, fixed-term money market accounts, and certificates of deposit approximate their fair values at the reporting date. Fair values for fixed-rate certificates of deposit are estimated using a discounted cash flow calculation that applies interest rates currently being offered on certificates to a schedule of aggregated expected monthly maturities on time deposits.

        Federal Funds Purchased and Securities Sold Under Agreements to Repurchase—The carrying amount of federal funds purchased, borrowings under repurchase agreements, and other short-term borrowings maturing within ninety days approximate their fair values.

        Other Borrowings—The fair value of other borrowings is estimated using discounted cash flow analysis on the Company's current incremental borrowing rates for similar types of instruments.

        Accrued Interest—The carrying amounts of accrued interest approximate fair value.

        Commitments to Extend Credit, Standby Letters of Credit and Financial Guarantees—The fair values of commitments to extend credit are estimated using the fees currently charged to enter into similar agreements, taking into account the remaining terms of the agreements and the present creditworthiness of the counterparties. For fixed-rate loan commitments, fair value also considers the difference between current levels of interest rates and the committed rates. The fair values of guarantees and letters of credit are based on fees currently charged for similar agreements or on the estimated costs to terminate them or otherwise settle the obligations with the counterparties at the reporting date.

F-59


Table of Contents

Note 24—Fair Value (Continued)

        The estimated fair value, and related carrying amount, of the Company's financial instruments are as follows:

 
  December 31,  
 
  2009   2008  
(Dollars in thousands)
  Carrying
Amount
  Fair
Value
  Carrying
Amount
  Fair
Value
 

Financial assets:

                         

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 104,908   $ 104,908   $ 49,465   $ 49,465  

Investment securities

    211,112     211,475     222,227     221,576  

Loans, net and loans held for sale

    2,183,313     2,142,404     2,300,293     2,308,660  

Accrued interest receivable

    9,880     9,880     11,133     11,133  

Financial liabilities:

                         

Deposits

    2,104,639     2,109,983     2,153,274     2,153,509  

Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase

    162,515     162,515     172,393     172,393  

Other borrowings

    143,624     132,049     177,477     177,486  

Accrued interest payable

    3,059     3,059     5,408     5,408  

Unrecognized financial instruments:

                         

Commitments to extend credit

    469,841     461,038     544,307     546,287  

Standby letters of credit and

                         
 

financial guarantees

    9,725     9,725     9,805     9,805  

Note 25—Regulatory Matters

        The Company and its banking subsidiary are subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the federal banking agencies. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory and possibly additional discretionary actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the financial statements. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Company and its subsidiary must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of the assets, liabilities, and certain off-balance-sheet-items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. The capital amounts and classification are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings, and other factors. Prompt corrective action provisions are not applicable to bank holding companies.

        Quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy require the Company and its subsidiary to maintain minimum amounts and ratios (set forth in the following table) of total and Tier 1 capital (as defined in the regulations) to risk-weighted assets (as defined), and of Tier 1 capital (as defined) to average assets (as defined). Management believes, at December 31, 2009 and 2008, that the Company and its subsidiary met all capital adequacy requirements to which they are subject.

        As of their most recent regulatory examinations, the Company and its subsidiary were considered well capitalized under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action. To be categorized as well capitalized, an institution must maintain minimum total risk-based, Tier 1 risk-based, and Tier 1 leverage ratios as set forth in the following table. There are no conditions or events subsequent to the most recent examinations that management believes have changed the institutions' category.

F-60


Table of Contents

Note 25—Regulatory Matters (Continued)

        Actual capital amounts and ratios are presented in the table below:

 
  Actual   Minimum Capital
Requirement
  Minimum To Be
Well Capitalized
Under Prompt
Corrective Action
Provisions
 
(Dollars in thousands)
  Amount   Ratio   Amount   Ratio   Amount   Ratio  

December 31, 2009:

                                     
 

Total risk-based capital (to risk-weighted assets):

                                     
   

Consolidated

  $ 307,039     14.42 % $ 170,298     8.00 %   n/a     n/a  
   

SCBT, N.A. 

    303,853     14.28 %   170,276     8.00 %   212,845     10.00 %
 

Tier 1 capital (to risk-weighted assets):

                                     
   

Consolidated

    265,506     12.47 %   85,149     4.00 %   n/a     n/a  
   

SCBT, N.A. 

    262,323     12.32 %   85,138     4.00 %   127,707     6.00 %
 

Tier 1 capital (to average assets):

                                     
   

Consolidated

    265,506     9.89 %   107,338     4.00 %   n/a     n/a  
   

SCBT, N.A. 

    262,323     9.79 %   107,202     4.00 %   134,003     5.00 %

December 31, 2008:

                                     
 

Total risk-based capital (to risk-weighted assets):

                                     
   

Consolidated

  $ 273,410     12.34 % $ 177,229     8.00 %   n/a     n/a  
   

SCBT, N.A. 

    268,752     12.14 %   177,073     8.00 %   221,341     10.00 %
 

Tier 1 capital (to risk-weighted assets):

                                     
   

Consolidated

    230,892     10.42 %   88,615     4.00 %   n/a     n/a  
   

SCBT, N.A. 

    226,258     10.22 %   88,536     4.00 %   132,804     6.00 %
 

Tier 1 capital (to average assets):

                                     
   

Consolidated

    230,892     8.54 %   108,060     4.00 %   n/a     n/a  
   

SCBT, N.A. 

    226,258     8.38 %   108,057     4.00 %   135,071     5.00 %

F-61


Table of Contents

Note 26—Condensed Financial Statements of Parent Company

        Financial information pertaining only to SCBT Financial Corporation is as follows:

Condensed Balance Sheets

 
  December 31,  
(Dollars in thousands)
  2009   2008  

ASSETS

             

Cash

  $ 2,002   $ 2,487  

Investment securities available for sale

    330     367  

Investment in subsidiaries

    323,881     284,555  

Less allowance for loan losses

        (34 )

Other assets

    988     1,894  
           
 

Total assets

  $ 327,201   $ 289,269  
           

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY

             

Liabilities

  $ 44,382   $ 44,341  

Shareholders' equity

    282,819     244,928  
           
 

Total liabilities and shareholders' equity

  $ 327,201   $ 289,269  
           

Condensed Statements of Income

 
  Years Ended December 31,  
(Dollars in thousands)
  2009   2008   2007  

Income:

                   
 

Dividends from subsidiaries

  $ 8,242   $ 9,689   $ 16,261  
 

Operating income

    138     (125 )   50  
               
   

Total income

    8,380     9,564     16,311  

Operating expenses

    2,699     2,990     3,898  
               

Income before income tax benefit and equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiaries

    5,681     6,574     12,413  

Applicable income tax benefit

    875     1,068     1,320  

Equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiary

    7,039     8,143     7,832  
               
   

Net income

    13,595     15,785     21,565  

Preferred stock dividends

    1,115          

Accretion on preferred stock discount

    3,559          
               
   

Net income available to common shareholders

  $ 8,921   $ 15,785   $ 21,565  
               

F-62


Table of Contents

Note 26—Condensed Financial Statements of Parent Company (Continued)

Condensed Statements of Cash Flows

 
  Years Ended December 31,  
(Dollars in thousands)
  2009   2008   2007  

Cash flows from operating activities:

                   
 

Net income

  $ 13,595   $ 15,785   $ 21,565  
 

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

                   
   

Depreciation and amortization

    31     31     37  
   

Provision for loan losses

    (34 )   (38 )   34  
   

Share-based compensation

    1,431     1,379     1,002  
   

Other-than-temporary impairment on securities

    84     124      
   

Decrease (increase) in other assets

    (111 )   11     11  
   

(Decrease) increase in other liabilities

    996     (602 )   (295 )
   

Undistributed earnings of subsidiary

    (7,039 )   (8,143 )   (7,832 )
               
     

Net cash provided by operating activities

    8,953     8,547     14,522  
               

Cash flows from investing activities:

                   
 

Proceeds from sale of investment securities available for sale

            111  
 

Purchases of investment securities available for sale

            (100 )
 

Payments for investments in subsidiary

    (28,500 )   (27,502 )   (9,009 )
 

Recoveries on loans previously charged off

            4  
 

Other, net

            (39 )
               
     

Net cash used in investing activities

    (28,500 )   (27,502 )   (9,033 )
               

Cash flows from financing activities:

                   
 

Preferred stock issuance, net of issuance costs

    64,632          
 

Preferred stock repurchase

    (64,779 )        
 

Common stock warrant repurchase

    (1,400 )        
 

Common stock issuance

    29,815     27,414     613  
 

Common stock repurchased

    (446 )   (201 )   (92 )
 

Dividends paid on preferred stock

    (1,115 )        
 

Dividends paid on common stock

    (8,177 )   (7,113 )   (6,227 )
 

Stock options exercised

    532     297     258  
               
     

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

    19,062     20,397     (5,448 )
               

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

    (485 )   1,442     41  

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

    2,487     1,045     1,004  
               

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

  $ 2,002   $ 2,487   $ 1,045  
               

Note 27—Common Stock Issuance

        In May of 2009, the Company commenced a public offering by selling 1,356,500 shares of common stock, including an over-allotment option with the underwriters; at an offering price of $23.00 per share resulting in net proceeds to the Company of approximately $29.2 million (see Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders' Equity).

        On October 28, 2008, the Company issued 1,010,000 shares of its authorized but unissued common stock to certain accredited investors at $28.00 per share pursuant to a private placement transaction.

F-63


Table of Contents

Note 27—Common Stock Issuance (Continued)


Net proceeds from this sale of common stock of $26.8 million are expected to be used for general corporate purposes, including supporting the continued and anticipated growth of the Company. On December 2, 2008, the Company filed a registration statement with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission to permit resale of the common shares issued in this transaction.

Note 28—Participation in U.S. Treasury Capital Purchase Program

        On January 16, 2009, the Company issued and sold Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series T, having a liquidation preference of $1,000 per share to the U.S. Treasury, along with a warrant to purchase 303,083 shares of the Company's common stock, for an aggregate purchase price of $64.8 million as part of the U.S. Treasury's Capital Purchase Program.

        On May 20, 2009, the Company entered into a repurchase letter agreement with the U.S. Treasury, pursuant to which the Company repurchased all 64,779 shares of its preferred shares for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $64.8 million, which included accrued and unpaid dividends of approximately $45,000.

        On June 24, 2009, the Company entered into an agreement with the Treasury to repurchase the warrant that was issued to the Treasury in connection with the preferred stock. Pursuant to the terms of the agreement, the Company repurchased the warrant for a purchase price of $1.4 million. As a result of the warrant repurchase, the Company has repurchased all securities issued to the Treasury under the Capital Purchase Program.

        The Company recognized a charge of approximately $3.3 million during 2009 in the form of an accelerated dividend to account for the difference between the original purchase price for the preferred stock and its redemption price. In addition to this charge, the Company recognized a dividend on the preferred stock including the accretion on the preferred stock discount of approximately $1.4 million, for a total effective dividend of approximately $4.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2009, charged to net income available to common shareholders.

Note 29—Derivative Financial Instruments

        The Company is exposed to interest rate risk in the course of its business operations and manages a portion of this risk through the use of a derivative financial instrument, specifically an interest rate swap (cash flow hedge). The Company accounts for its interest rate swap in accordance with FASB ASC 815, Derivatives and Hedging, which requires that all derivatives be recognized as assets or liabilities in the balance sheet at fair value. For more information regarding the fair value of the Company's derivative financial instruments, see Note 24 to these financial statements. The only type of derivative currently used by the Company is a forward starting interest rate swap agreement.

        The Company utilizes the interest rate swap agreement to essentially convert a portion of its variable-rate debt to a fixed rate (cash flow hedge). For derivatives designated as hedging the exposure to changes in the fair value of an asset or liability (fair value hedge), the gain or loss is recognized in earnings in the period of change, together with the offsetting gain or loss to the hedged item attributable to the risk being hedged. Earnings will be affected to the extent to which the hedge is not effective in achieving offsetting changes in fair value. For derivatives designated as hedging exposure to variable cash flows of a forecasted transaction (cash flow hedge), the effective portion of the derivative's gain or loss is initially reported as a component of other comprehensive income and subsequently reclassified into earnings when the forecasted transaction affects earnings or when the hedge is terminated. The ineffective portion of the gain or loss is reported in earnings immediately. For

F-64


Table of Contents

Note 29—Derivative Financial Instruments (Continued)


derivatives that are not designated as hedging instruments, changes in the fair value of the derivatives are recognized in earnings immediately.

        In applying hedge accounting for derivatives, the Company establishes a method for assessing the effectiveness of the hedging derivative and a measurement approach for determining the ineffective aspect of the hedge upon the inception of the hedge.

        During 2009, the Company entered into a forward starting interest rate swap agreement with a notional amount of $8.0 million to manage interest rate risk due to periodic rate resets on its junior subordinated debt issued by SCBT Capital Trust II, an unconsolidated subsidiary of the Company established for the purpose of issuing trust preferred securities. The Company will hedge the variable rate cash flows of subordinated debt against future interest rate increases by using an interest rate swap to effectively fix the rate on the debt beginning on June 15, 2010, at which time the debt will contractually convert from a fixed interest rate to a variable interest rate. This hedge expires on June 15, 2019. The notional amount on which the interest payments are based will not be exchanged. As of December 31, 2009, the junior subordinated debt had a fixed interest rate of 6.37%.

        The Company recognized an after-tax unrealized loss on its cash flow hedge in other comprehensive income of $14,000 for the year ended December 31, 2009. The Company recognized a $21,000 cash flow hedge liability in other liabilities on the balance sheet at December 31, 2009. There was no ineffectiveness in the cash flow hedge during the year ended December 31, 2009.

        Credit risk related to the derivative arises when amounts receivable from the counterparty (derivative dealer) exceed those payable. The Company controls the risk of loss by only transacting with derivative dealers that are national market makers whose credit ratings are strong. Each party to the interest rate swap is required to provide collateral in the form of cash or securities to the counterparty when the counterparty's exposure to a mark-to-market replacement value exceeds certain negotiated limits. These limits are typically based on current credit ratings and vary with ratings changes. As of December 31, 2009, neither party was required to post any cash collateral. Also, the Company has a netting agreement with the counterparty.

Note 30—Subsequent Events

        On January 29, 2010, the Company entered into a purchase and assumption ("P&A") agreement with loss share arrangements with the FDIC to purchase certain assets and assume substantially all of the deposits and certain liabilities of CBT, a full service Georgia state-chartered community bank headquartered in Cornelia, Georgia.

        CBT operated 38 locations, including 36 branches, one loan production office and one trust office in the Northeast region of Georgia. Excluding the effects of purchase accounting, the Company acquired $1.0 billion in total assets, including loans of $771.5 million, and $1.1 billion in total liabilities, including $1.0 billion in deposits, based on December 31, 2009 unaudited balances.

        Pursuant to the P&A agreement, SCBT, N.A. received a discount of $158.0 million on the assets acquired and did not pay the FDIC a premium to assume all customer deposits. The loans and foreclosed real estate purchased are covered by a loss share agreement between the FDIC and SCBT, N.A. Under this loss share agreement, the FDIC has agreed to cover 80% of loan and foreclosed real estate losses up to $233.0 million and 95% of losses that exceed that amount.

F-65


Table of Contents

Note 30—Subsequent Events (Continued)

        The loss sharing agreement applicable to single family residential mortgage loans provides for loss sharing with the FDIC for up to ten years, and for commercial loans and other covered assets provides for loss sharing for up to five years with the FDIC.

        The Company did not immediately acquire the real estate, banking facilities, furniture or equipment of CBT as a part of the P&A agreement. However, the Company has the option to purchase the real estate and furniture and equipment from the FDIC. The term of this option expires approximately 90 days from the date of the acquisition.

        The acquisition will be accounted for under the purchase method of accounting in accordance with ASC 805, Business Combinations. Both the purchased assets and liabilities assumed will be recorded at their respective acquisition date fair values. Determining the fair value of assets and liabilities, especially the loan portfolio and foreclosed real estate, is a complicated process involving significant judgment regarding estimates and assumptions used to calculate estimated fair values. Accordingly, the initial accounting for the acquisition of CBT is incomplete as of March 12, 2010. The Company expects to record a bargain purchase gain in connection with the acquisition during the three months ended March 31, 2010; however, since the initial purchase accounting adjustments have not been finalized, the Company is unable to provide the amount or a range of the ultimate bargain purchase gain, or the estimated fair values of the acquired assets and assumed liabilities of CBT, at the present time. The impact of the purchase accounting adjustments in an FDIC-assisted deal are also integral to accurately assessing the impact of the acquired entity on the operations of the Company. Disclosure of pro forma financial information is also made more difficult by the troubled nature of CBT prior to the date of the combination. Therefore, pro forma financial information is not considered meaningful or currently possible for purposes of these consolidated financial statements.

F-66